Friday, May 22, 2020

ERC SCHEME OF WORK SSS THREE





FEDERAL CAPITAL TERRITORY, ABUJA








S S THREE (3)



2014 Edition






EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE

Federal Capital Territory, Abuja


FCT SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING SCHEMES

2014 Edition



Third Edition: 2014




Produced by ERC Mini Press







Table of Contents


Foreword----------------------------------------------

Acknowledgement----------------------------------



Civic Education--------------------------------------

English Language-----------------------------------

General Mathematics-------------------------------

One Trade Subject----------------------------------


Agricultural Science---------------------------------

Biology--------------------------------------------------

Chemistry----------------------------------------------

Computer Science-----------------------------------

Further Mathematics--------------------------------

Health Education-------------------------------------

Physical Education----------------------------------

Physics-------------------------------------------------


Auto-Mechanics--------------------------------------

Basic Electricity--------------------------------------

Basic Electronics-------------------------------------

Building Construction-------------------------------

Clothing and Textile---------------------------------

Foods and Nutrition---------------------------------

General Metal Work---------------------------------

Home Management---------------------------------

Technical Drawing-----------------------------------

Wood Work--------------------------------------------

Data Processing------------------------------------

Dying and Bleaching------------------------------

Machine Wood Work------------------------------

Marketing--------------------------------------------

Photographic---------------------------------------

Salesmanship--------------------------------------

Tourism----------------------------------------------

Radio, TV and Electrical work------------------

Auto Mechanic Work------------------------------

Upholstery-------------------------------------------

Painting and Decoration-------------------------

Printing Craft---------------------------------------

GSM--------------------------------------------------

Refrigerator and Air Conditioning  -----------

Animal Husbandry--------------------------------

Furniture Making----------------------------------

Book Keeping-------------------------------------



Arabic Language------------------------------------

Christian Religious Studies-----------------------

Economics--------------------------------------------

French-------------------------------------------------

Geography-------------------------------------------

Government-----------------------------------------

Hausa Language-----------------------------------

History------------------------------------------------

Igbo Language-------------------------------------

Islamic Studies-------------------------------------

Literature-in-English------------------------------

Music-------------------------------------------------

Visual Arts-------------------------------------------

Yoruba Language---------------------------------



Commerce-------------------------------------------

Financial Accounting------------------------------

Insurance--------------------------------------------

Office Practice--------------------------------------

Store Management--------------------------------



Block Laying, Brick laying and Concrete work

Carpentry and Joinery-------------------------------

Catering Craft------------------------------------------

Cosmetology-------------------------------------------

Electrical Installation------------------------------

Fishery------------------------------------------------

Garment Making------------------------------------







Forword


It is my utmost pleasure to introduce the 2014 edition of the FCT Senior Secondary School Teaching Scheme. The previous edition was printed in 2004. Recent developments in Education Policy had necessitated the provision of an entire new teaching scheme for the senior secondary school. The NERDC has developed a new SSS Curriculum which took effect from September, 2011.

In this new curriculum by NERDC, there are four compulsory subjects which are English Language, Mathematics, Civic Education and a Trade Subject. There are also 34 trade subjects from which schools can select the ones they can adequately teach.

It is my hope that like the previous one, this edition will make teaching more convenient, purposeful and result-oriented for our Teachers, Principals, Monitors and Inspectors.

I wish to appreciate the effort of the FCT Education Resource Centre, especially the Curriculum Development Division for the production of this vital educational material.

Finally, I recommend the 2014 new Senior Secondary School Teaching Schemes to all our Public and Private Senior Secondary Schools.


Kabir Usman

Secretary for Education

FCTA, Abuja

2014



Acknowledgement

The review of the 2004 edition of FCT Senior Secondary School Teaching Scheme was prompted by the approval of the new National Senior Secondary School Curriculum developed by the Nigeria Educational Research and Development Council (NERDC) by the National Council on Education in 2011.

Consequently, some staff of the FCT Education Resource Centre (ERC) in partnership with selected subject teachers had to develop new Teaching Schemes for Senior Secondary School subjects which are grouped into Compulsory Cross-Cutting Subjects, Senior Secondary Science, Senior Secondary Business, Senior Secondary Humanities, Senior Secondary Technology and the 34 Trade Subjects.

In this regard, I wish to register my unreserved gratitude to the Director, FCT Secondary Education Board and all the teachers who participated in the exercise. I also wish to acknowledge the following ERC staff especially of the Curriculum Development Division who facilitated the success of the exercise. They include Mrs. E.J. Akpabio, Head of Division, Mrs. S.A Mustapha, Mrs. F.R Omowale, Mrs. S.B Saleh, Mrs. Osuji R.A., Mrs. Sai Msurshima, Mrs. B.O Edegbe, Mrs. Maryam Yakubu, Mrs. Amaefule Genevieve, Mal. Harisu Aminu, Mr. Bere B. Friday, Mrs. Ajinomoh Maryam, Mr. Aribi Dan Asabe, Mrs. Kunle Kunbi T.T., Mrs. Anthonia Okoro-Opara, Mal. Samba Bashir M., Mrs. Adesina Victoria, Mrs. Gloria Opera C., Mrs. S.N. Enekebe, Mrs. Jongas Mercy, Mrs Felicia Okoh, Miss Egwu Patience M., Mrs. Roseline Katuka, Mr. Okoro Chinasa, Miss Batubo Kaine, Mr. Fakaa Timothy and Mr. Ibrahim Dalhatu.

I specially thank all others who contributed in various ways to the successful completion of the exercise. We are very grateful to the Hon. Minister of FCT, Senator Bala Mohammed and the Secretary for Education, Kabir Usman for their kind support.

Mrs. Ramatu A. Ibrahim

Director, ERC

2014  

CROSS CUTTING SUBJECTS


ENGLISH LANGUAGE

SS 3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

Speech

More on consonant sounds in sentences

Practice of rising and falling tones



Vocabulary

Words associated with culture, development institutions and ceremonies


Students mention and describe cultural ceremonies in their places.


Comprehension summary

Silent reading of material that are topical

Students read articles and passages from their textbooks. They answer questions and summarise the points.



Structure

Revision of nouns and noun phrases

Teacher revises nouns, and students give examples.



Continuous writing

Expository composition reflecting current issues

Teacher and students discuss the topics; students develop their essays based on points raised.


2.

Speech

More practice with intonation The WH questions

Rising tone is indicated with an arrow while falling tone is marked.



Vocabulary

Words associated with culture continued

Students discuss religions and marriages rites, burial etc in their culture.



Comprehension summary

Points to note in writing summary

Student’s identity main points from a comprehension passage. They phrase them into correct sentences.



Structure

Functions of noun phrases in sentences – subject of sentences

Students identify noun phrases, using definite articles. Eg. The school, thehead boy. Mr. president. The Honourable Minister and their function s as subject sentence.



Continuous Writing

Exposing essays continued 

Students write on electrons, drug abuse, examination malpractice or excursion.


3

Speech

Introduction practice using tag – questions

Students learn how to tag questions in rising and falling tones. Eg. You came late, didn’t you? today is October the 6th isn’t it?



Comprehension/Summary

Reading for contextual meaning of words 

Students learn to distinguish words in isolation from wods in contextual. Eg. Chair + Man is nor the same as chairman.



Vocabulary

Words associated with motor vehicles

Teacher leads students to mention and discuss the parts and functions of a motor vehicle.



Structure

Verbs and verb phrases

Teacher revises verbs and verb phrases with students.



Continuous writing

Narrative Essays

Students narrate factual or fictional stories in a cohered order.


4

Speech

Listening to speeches and taking notes

Students listen to the teachers and note rising and falling tones.



Vocabulary

Words associated with road travel

Students relate their travel experience using appropriate words.



Comprehension/Summary

Identifying topic sentence in paragraph

Students read a paragraph of about 5 paragraphs and identify the topic sentence for summary.



Continuous Writing

Descriptive essays

Students write on the recent journey they undertook by.


5

Speech

More on vowel sounds – monotony’s and diphthongs

Students practice to contract/ae/ad/a:/; with /a/




Vocabulary

Words associated with travelling control

Students and teachers discus words related to road travel – highwaypatrol, toll gate, vulcamser, mechanic flat tyre, etc.



Comprehension/Summary

Textbook passage on travelling generally

Students read, discus and answer comprehension question.



Structure

Modal auxiliary verbs forms and uses

Words like can will, shall, would, could, must, may etc are explained by the teacher.



Continuous writing 

Letters – informal letters and features

Address, date, salutation and subscription for informal letters.


6

Speech

Words with 2 consonant dusters occurring or final position

Eg. sports, bags, mops, dolls, tops, etc are practiced aloud.



Vocabulary

Words associated with government and administration  

Students read and pick words from a passage from the textbook on government, or give their own examples of words on administration.



Comprehension/summary

A passage on government or administration.


Students read and summarize the passage


Structure

Adjectival clauses

Teacher distinguishes clauses from phrases sentence, etc. student identify main and subordinate clauses, and their functions.



Continuous writing

Summarizing in a specified number of sentences 

Rubrics from examination papers should guide teacher in directing the exercise.


7

Speech

Listening to oral presentation by student on a given topic.

Teacher and students listen and comment on stress and intonation especially rising and falling tones and consonant.



Vocabulary

Idioma and idiomatic expressions.

Use of phrasal verbs an idiomatic expressions. Eg. take up, take off, take after, take in, etc.



Comprehension/summary

Reading for implied measuring

Teacher and students read a passage and study the deep meaning.



Structure

Sentence analysis simple, compound, complex sentences

Students and teachers identify main verbs, finite verbs etc in analysis sentences.


Continuous writing

Letters-semi-formal letter writing

Address, date, solution and subscription for semi-formal letters.


8

Speech

Test of rhyming

Mineral pairs of homophones, eg. fair/fare/air red/read [pt] maid/made, etcare pronounced alike.



Vocabulary

Words associated with science and technology

Students mention and discuss current vocabulary cell phone Sms, ping, email browse upload, download, etc.



Comprehension/summary

Reading to identify the writers purpose

Students read a passage from their text or newspapers, if possible on ICT they summarize the writer’s purpose.



Structure 

Identify grammatical names and functions

Teachers demonstrates with ample examples adverbial clauses and their functions in selected sentence 



Continuous writing

Article writing for newspaper and magazines’

Students are shown samples of articles from newspapers they try to write theirs on any topic their interests them.


9

Speech

Words with 3 consonants dusters are the final position

Eg. aunts, crafts shifts, principles, elephant, eagles etc.



Vocabulary

Foreign elements in English, French words

A list of loan words from French vis-a-vis, genre, sachet, bouquet, abattoir, chef etc.



Comprehension/ summary

Reading and listening for main points

Group reading, one group reads the other listens, vice versa.



Structure

Grammatical names and functions commands

Adverbial clauses underlined in reading passages for identification.



Continuous writing

Reading and summarizing selected passage

Points in summary writing – paraphrasing, no detrain punctuation etc.


10

Speech

Word stress

Two syllable words stressed on the first syllable, table, comfort, export, import, tailor etc.



Vocabulary

Identification of more two syllable words stressed on the first syllable

A text book passage for students to read and underline the expected words for oral practice.



Comprehension/summary

Reading and answer questions on a given passage

Appropriate textbook passage to read and answer questions on.



Structures

Subjects + verb agreement

Ample examples with present simple tense.



Continuous writing

Paraphrasing a prose passage

Students paraphrase a textbook passage.


11

Speech

Sentence stress-emphatic stress

Differentiation between normal stress and emphatic stress with ample example.



Vocabulary

Collocations eg whims and caprices, hook, line and sinker

Teacher lists such collocations as hue and cry, ups and down, pros and cons etc and explains their uses to the students.



Comprehension/summary

Reading argumentative passage

Students summarize an argumentative passage.


12

Speech

Word-stress on 3 syllable words on the first syllable

Eg Policy, monitor, embassy, argument, interim, analyst, AB domen etc.



General Revision

Revision


Revision

13

Examination

Examination

Examination



ENGLISH LANGUAGE

 SS III 2nd TERM


WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

Revision

Revision of WAEC, NECO, SSCE general instructions and requirement


Sample or past question papers on English language are reviewed

2.

Speech

Vowels consonant in minimal pairs /i/aw/i:, /ae/aw/a:/

Teacher draws up minimal pairs and drills the students consonant to them eg bit/beat, fit/feet, wick/weak, back/bark, fat/fart, cat/cart.



Vocabulary

Words associated with law and order

The registers of crime and criminality, law and order are studied, words like accused, suspect, arrest, counsel, prosecutor, defence, lawyer etc.



Comprehension summary

Reading a passage on law and order

Students read selected passages and answer questions.



Structure

Revising pronouns and their uses

Subject and object pronouns are consonant and practiced eg I/me, we/us, they/them, he/him, and she/her.



Continuous writing

Argumentative, Essay, Debates

Features of both forms of writing are treated. Students write according to the form.


3

Speech

Four consonant words occurring at the final position

Ample examples of such words, e.g sixths, glimpsed, prompt, tempts, etc.



Vocabulary

Register of law and order control

More examples of words from the law – judge, magistrate, bailiff, remand, acquitted,  sentence, etc.



Comprehension/Summary

Guidelines on answering questions on a given passage

Points to note in answering comprehension questions are highlighted. Students summarize the passage.



Structure

Adjuncts forms and functions

Teacher and students identify and explain the forms and functions of adjuncts in clauses of time, place, manner, comparison, result, etc from sentences.



Continuous writing

Report writing

Teacher helps to distinguish report from minutes so that students can write each well.


4

Speech

Consonant contrasts

Minimal pairs of the words that high light the different sounds. eg kits/kids, feats/feeds, ferry/very, leaf/leave etc.



Vocabulary

Registers for ICT

Words such as microchip, data, processing, bytes and software, etc are discussed.



Comprehension/Summary

Differentiating phrases from clauses

Teacher revises finite and non-infinite verbs, main and subordinate clauses as well as punctuation marks.



Continuous writing

Writing speeches

Students are guided to write valedictory speeches, welcome address or keynote address.


5

Examination




GENERAL MATHEMATICS

SS 3FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

MATRICES I

i.  Definition of matrix

ii. Order and notation  of matrix

iii.   Types of matrices (null, unit etc.)

iv.  Addition and subtraction of matrices

v. Scalar multiplication of two by two matrices (2x2) and three by three (3x3) matrix

Teacher:
Leads students to define a matrix.

Leads students to understand the notations of matrices

- identifies the different t types of matrices and performs the addition and subtraction operation

- perform scalar multiplication of two by two matrices and three by three matrices.

Students:

Define matrix, identify matrix notation, identify different types of matrices, perform the operation of addition and subtraction of matrices. Perform the scalar multiplication of 2x2 and 3x3 matrices.

Instructional Resources:

Matrix charts, matrix addition charts, subtraction charts, determinant charts, computer assorted instructional material.


2

MATRICES II

i.  Transpose of a matrix

ii. Determinant of a matrix (2x2) and (3x3)

iii. Solution of simultaneous equations using determinant method (two equations in two unknown and three equations in three unknowns).

iv. Inverse of 2 x2 matrix.

Teacher:

Leads students to find transpose of a matrix by interchanging the rows with column

-calculates the determinant of a matrix or matrices

-applies determinant of matrices to solutions of simultaneous equations in two unknown and three unknowns

Students:

Find the transpose of a matrix and calculate the determinant of matrices.

-applies determinant of matrices to solutions of simultaneous equations.

Instructional Resources:

Matrix charts, matrix additions charts, subtraction charts, determinant charts, computer assorted instructional material.


3

ARITHMETIC OF FINANCE

i.  Revision of simple interest

ii. Compound interest including arithmetic of finance

iii.  Definition and calculation of depreciation

iv. Definition and determination of annuity.

Teacher:

Guides students to recall formula for calculating interest and derive the formula for computing compound interest and use of table in compound interest.

Guides students to define and compute depreciation value of an item.

Guides students to define and determine the annuity.

Students:

Calculate the simple interest and compound interest with the given formula. And table of logarithm in compound interest.

Define and compute the value, compute the annuity.

Instructional Resources:

Charts, solution charts of logarithm on compound interest, solution chart on bond and debentures, solution charts of rate, taxes and value added tax.


4

ARITHMETIC OF FINANCE II

i. Definition and computation of amortization.

ii. Solving problems in capital market e.g. bonds and debentures, shares, rate, income tax and value added tax.

Teacher:

Guides students to define and compute the amortization.

Guides students to calculate interest on bonds and debentures, shares, rate, income tax and value added tax using logarithm table.

Students:

Compute amortization

Calculate interest on bunds and debentures using logarithm table.

Instructional Materials:

Solution chart of logarithm on compound interest.

Solution charts on logarithm on bond and debentures, logarithm table.

Solution charts of rates, taxes and value added tax. (Excursion to stock exchange or inland revenue offices could be an added advantage. Stock exchange expect can also be invited to do simple calculations.


5

APPLICATION OF LINEAR AND QUADRATIC EQUATION

i. Revision of solution of simultaneous linear equations and quadratic equations.

ii. Word problem on linear equations.

iii. Word problem on simultaneous linear equations.

iv.  Word problem on simultaneous equations one linear one quadratic

v. Application to capital market.

Teacher:

Displays chart of simple linear and quadratic equation.

-revises the solution of simultaneous linear and quadratic equations.

-guides students to discover how word problems can be interpreted into: linear, quadratic, simultaneous equation and quadratic equations one linear one quadratic.

Students:

Study the chart; solve the solution of simultaneous linear and quadratic equation. Use steps given by the teacher to solve word problems.

Instructional Resources:

Solution chart of simultaneous linear and quadratic equation.


6

TRIGONOMETRY

i.  Graph of trigonometric functions (sine and cosine graph for angles 0≤x≤ 360o)

ii. Interpretation of graphs of trigonometric functions.

Teacher:

Guides students to construct tables of values for sine and cosine.

Plots graphs of sine and cosine for

 0o≤x≤ 360o

Interprets the graph and read out given values.

Students:

Construct table of values for 0o≤x≤ 360o.

Plot the graphs of the tables of values.

Interpret and read out given values.

Instructional Resources:

Graph board, graph books, pencil, ruler, broom stick/twine. (graph board and books mandatory)


7

SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME OF SPHERE

i.  Volume of a sphere

ii. Surface area of a sphere

iii.  Volume of hemisphere (half of sphere)

iv. Surface area of hemisphere.

Teacher:

Brings cylinders, cone and spheres to the class. Determines the volume of a sphere practically by filling a cone and a cylinder with water/sand and then pouring them in the sphere.

Notes the height of the cylinder and the diameter of the sphere.

Leads students to find the volume of the sphere by formula and apply to solve problems.

Brings a sphere to class and explain the concept of surface area, find the formula and solve problems.

Students:

Study the cylinder, cone and sphere.

-participate in finding the volume of the sphere practically.

-Find the formula for volume and apply it to solve problems

Note the concept and find the surface area.

Instructional Resources:

Cylinder tin, sphere, cone, spherical globe etc.


8

THE EARTH AS A SPHERE

i. Describe the earth as a sphere and identification of the line of longitude (meridian), latitude, equator, north pole and south pole, small circle and great circle.

ii. Distance along the great circle

iii.  Radius of parallel of latitudes

iv. Distance along the parallel of latitudes.

v. Mathematical problems on earth as sphere.

Teacher:

Guides students to revise the concepts of circles and spheres. Describes the earth a sphere. Brings skeletal and real globe to class.

Leads students to identify the following North and South, Poles, Lines of longitudes and latitude, small circles and great circles, meridian and equator, parallel of latitude, radius of parallel of latitude. Radius of Earth, Deduce the formula for distance along great circle, distance along parallel of latitude.

Leads students to solve problems on longitude and latitude.

Students:

Study the skeletal and the real globe;, participate in identification and locations.

Solve given problems on longitude and latitude.

Instructional Resources:

Circles, spheres, real globe, skeletal globe, charts, charts of problems on longitude and latitude.


9

CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY I

i. Identification of Cartesian rectangular coordinate (x, y).

ii. Drawing and interpretation of linear graph

iii.  Distance between two points

iv.  Mid- point of line joining two points

v. Practical application of coordinate geometry.

Teacher:

Leads students to understand the relative positions of a point in the (x-y) plane. The abscissa (x-axis), ordinate (y-axis) and origin (O) of x-y plane.

-plots linear graph win the (x-y) plane

-determines the distance between two coordinate points

-calculates2 the midpoint of the line joining two points.

Students:

Plot linear graph in the x-y plane.

Determine the length and midpoint of a line using the coordinate system.

Instructional Resources:

Graph board, graph books, and coordinate graph charts. Graph board line, mathematical instrument.


10

COORDINATE GEOMETRY II

1.  Gradient of a straight line and y-intercept.

2. Equation of a straight line

3. Angle between two intersecting lines

4. Condition for parallel line and perpendicular line

5. Practical application of coordinate geometry.

Teacher:

Leads students to define gradient and intercept of lines and determine them

-writes equation of a straight line.

-calculates the angle between two intersecting straight lines

-leads students to appreciate the application of linear graphs to real life situation.

Students:

Define and determine gradient and intercepts.

-write the equation of a straight line and calculate the angle between the intersection of two straight lines.

-apply the concept of linear graphs to real life situation.

Instructional Resources:

Graph board, graph books, graph charts etc.



11

DIFFERENTIATION I

1.  Meaning of differentiation

2. Differentiation from first principle

3.  Technique of differentiation (General rule)

4. Standard derivative

5. Differentiation of polynomials

6. Rules of differentiation (sum and difference)

7. Differentiation of trigonometrically functions.


Teacher:

Leads students to define differentiation and explain the meaning of derived function, -Differentiates functions from first principles for functions like y=x, y=x2, y=x3, y = x2+5x+7, etc.

-interprets the standard derivatives of some basic functions.

-solves problems on differentiation using the sum and difference rule.

Students:

Define and explain the differentiation and the meaning of derived function

-perform differentiation from first principles

-apply the rules of differentiation.

Instructional Resources:

Standard derivative charts, computer assisted instructional materials.


12

DIFFERENTIATION II

1.  Rule of differentiation of sum, difference product, quotient and function- of- function (composite function)

2. Application of differentiation in determining maximum and minimum point. Acceleration, velocity and rate of change.

Teacher:

Leads students to solve problems on differentiation using the rules of differentiation

i)    d (u+v)du + dv

         dx          dx    dx


 ii)  d (u-v) = du - dv

      dx          dx    dx



iii)   d (uv) = vdu + udv

       dx          dx      dx


iv)   d ( u )     = vdu  - udv

      dx   v            dx      dx

                                v2

v)   If y = Un

dy  = dy  x du

      dx     du     dx


e.g. If y = (3x2+5)6


       let 3x2 + 5; 


du  = 6x

       dx       


     y = u6;   du  = 6x

                   dx       


dy  = dy  x du

      dx     du     dx


= 6(3x2 + 5)5 x 6x


Students:

Apply the rules of differentiation to solve related problems.

-apply differentiation in solving life problems and in capital market issues.

Instructional Resources:

Standard derivative charts, computer assisted instructional materials.


13

Revision

Revision

14

Examinations

Examinations


GENERAL MATHEMATICS

 SS 3 SECOND TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

INTEGRATION I

1.  Integration as anti-differentiation

2. Techniques of integration (standard intergral)

3. Integration of algebraic functions

4. Special integrals

5. Integration by substitution

Teacher:

Guides students to understand that integration is the reverse of differentiation.

Leads students to integral functions using

 (a) Substitution method, (b) integration by parts (c) Integration by partial fractions.

Students:

Perform differentiation of a function and integrate the same function to show the reversed forms of differentiations and interpretation.

Leads students to integrate functions using

  • Substitution method
  • Integration by partial fractions.

Instructional Resources:

Integration charts, standard integral charts etc.


2

INTEGRATION II

i.  Integration of trigonometric functions

ii. Integration by part

iii.  Integration by partial fraction

iv. Application of integration – the use of Simpson’s rule to find area under the curve.

v. Integration of exponential function.

Teacher:

Guides students to integrate trigonometric functions like sine, cosine, and tangents.

Leads students to integrate functions using

i. Substitution  method

ii. Integration by part

iii. Integration by partial functions.

Students:

Solve problems on integration using:
-substitution method

-integration by part method

-integration by partial functions method

-should apply integration to real life situation and capital market issues.

Instructional Resources:

Integration charts, standard integral charts etc.


3

LOGARITHMS

ai) Revision of law of indices

ii)  Revision of the use of logarithm table to calculate logarithm of numbers

bi)  Theory of logarithm

ii)  Rules connecting logarithm

     Log(pq) = log p – log q

    Log (p/q)  = log p – log q


Logaxn = nlogax  etc.

Teacher:

Brings the logarithm rules chart and solution chart of logarithm to the classroom

Guides students to revise the use of logarithm rules.

- revises the use of logarithm table in problems involving calculations


Students:

Study the two charts.

Deduce laws of logarithm especially

Log10 (pq) = log10 p + log10 q

Log10 (p/q) = log10 p – log10q

Log10pn = nlog10p

Verify logarithm laws with simple exercise. Revise the use of logarithm table to solve problems involving calculations.

Instructional Resources:

Logarithm law chart, solution chart of logarithm, logarithm table.


4

Revision

Revision

5

Examinations

Examinations


CIVIC EDUCATION

SS 3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

POPULAR PARTICIPATION

Types of popular participation – political, economic

Teacher: Identify the various types of popular participation. Explain and discuss the popular participation to the students. 


2

POPULAR PARTICIPATION CONT.

Need for popular participation in the society.


Teacher: Explain the meaning of popular participation to the student.

3

POPULAR PARTICIPATION

Traditional and modern mode of popular participation.


Teacher: Explain the meaning of popular participation.

4

DEMOCRACY

Meaning and definition of Democracy.


Teacher: Define and explain the meaning of democracy. Demonstrate how election is conducted.

5

DEMOCRACY CONTINUED

Importance and problems of Democracy


Teacher: Define and explain the meaning of democracy. Demonstrate how election is conducted.

6

DEMOCRACY CONTINUED

Process of Democracy.

Teacher: Define and explain the meaning of democracy. Demonstrate how election is conducted.


7

CONSTITUTIONAL DEMOCRACY

  • Meaning and types of constitutional democracy
  • Concepts of constitutional democracy.


Teacher: Lead discussion on the meaning of democracy. Lead students to identify the importance and problems of democracy. Guide students to enumerate and explain the process of democracy.  

8

CONSTITUTIONAL DEMOCRACY

  • Features of constitutional democracy e.g. popular sovereignty, majority rule and minority rights


Teacher: Lead discussion on the meaning of democracy. Lead students to identify the importance and problems of democracy. Guide students to enumerate and explain the process of democracy.  

9

CONSTITUTIONAL DEMOCRACY CONT.

Advantages of constitutional Democracy.

Teacher: Lead discussion on the meaning of democracy. Lead students to identify the importance and problems of democracy. Guide students to enumerate and explain the process of democracy. 


10

CONSTITUTIONAL DEMOCRACY CONT.

Disadvantages of constitutional Democracy

Teacher: Lead discussion on the meaning of democracy. Lead students to identify the importance and problems of democracy. Guide students to enumerate and explain the process of democracy.  


11

Revision

Revision

12

Examination

Examination











CIVIC EDUCATION

SS 3 SECOND TERM


WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

RULE OF LAW

  • Meaning and definition of Rule of Law.
  • Importance of Rule of Law


Teacher: Explain the meaning and importance of rule of law 

2

RULE OF LAW CONTINUED

Process of Rule of Law

Teacher: State the process of rule of law 

3

RULE OF LAW CONTINUED

Problems of rule of Law

Teacher: Identify and explain the problems of rule of law.


4

Revision

Revision


Examination

Examination
















SENIOR SECONDARY SCIENCES

BIOLOGY


SS 3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM AND REPRODUCTION IN HUMAN

i). Parts and functions of reproductive part of human

ii). Structure of male sperm cell and female egg cell

i). Show charts of male and female reproductive system

ii). Show charts of male sperm and female gamete

iii). Students should identify and observe them.


2

REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM IN HUMANS CENTNUES

(i) fertilization – fusion of gametes implantation (ii) development of embrayo

– selective exchange between mother and child

 – removal of excretory products feotus.


i). Show photograph or chart of a developing feotus

ii). Show the specimen i.e. Developing feotus in the laboratory.  

3

DEVELOPMENT OF SEEDS AND FRUITS

(i) Process of development of Zygote in flowering plants – pistil, stem, fertilization

ii). Germination of seeds

iii). Types of germination

iv). Conditions necessary for germination

v). Fruits – structure of fruits – types of fruits and seed

– agents of dispersal

 –differences between fruits and seeds  

i). Provides students with dissected flowers to show the parts involved in fertilization

ii). Guides students to soak seeds in water and plants some in milk tin to observe types of germination and conditions necessary for germination

iii). Show different types of fruits and seeds and let students know their differences 

4

REPRODUCTIVE BEHAVIORS

Courtship behaviors in animals pairing – territoriality, display of colours and body parts, seasonal migration – muptical flight e.g. termites

(i) shows students pictures of colorful birds and preserved specimen of Agama lizard

ii). Take students to where lizards, cocks, turkey bask to note the courtship behaviors

5

BIOLOGY OF HEREDITY

i). Definition of heredity

ii). Transmission and expression of characters in organisms

iii). Variation – Definition

iv). Chromosomes – Location and structures

v). Process of transmission of heredity tracts from parents to offspring

vi). Probability in genetics


i). Discuses with students Mandels experiments with red and white flowered peas

ii). Show students a chart depicting products of cross fertilization and self fertilization.

6

BIOLOGY OF HEREDITY CONTINUES

i). Mendels work in genetics ii). Application of the principles of heredity

- In agriculture for seed improvement, and disease resistance.

- In medicine e.g. sickle cell management.

- compatibility of blood groups.

iii). Explain the terms -

Gross fertilization self fertilization – out breeding and in breeding using crosses.


i). Carry out mendelian cross to explain offspring’s genotypes

ii). Students carry out mendelian cross to explain offspring’s genotypes.  

7

VARIATION IN POPULATION

i). Morphological variation (physical appearance of individuals)

a). size, height, weight,

b) colour (skin hair, eyes, coat of animals)

c). finger print

ii). Physiological variation

a). Behaviour

b). Ability to role tongue 

c). Ability to taste phenyl thiocarba mide (PTC)

iii). Application of variations (a) Crime detection

b). Blood transfusion

c). Determination of paternity.


i). Teacher measures the height of students of the same age group e.g. 13-15 and 16-17 year

ii). Teacher ask students to roll their tongues

iii). Ask students if they know their blood group

iv). Demonstrates the making of finger prints and identify the different patterns made e.g. Whorl, Arch, loop.

8

EVOLUTION

i). Progressive change in structures and anatomy of organism using example or features from water to land ii). Structural adaptation:- Adaptive coloration and their functions e.g. Camouflage income leons, green snake, in green grass bright colour of flowers to attract pollination

iii). Structural adaptation for obtaining food e.g. Probosis for sucking cell sap insects mimicry colours for security mates for regulating temperature etc. 

iv). Different castles of termites and their roles.


i). Teacher show life specimens of tadpoles in the external gill stage, fish with internal gills and toad with lungs

ii). Provides male Agama Lizard to show colours

iii). Discuses with students the reality of the law of use and discuses by referring to boxers or athletes

iv). Show termites soldiers king, queen and reproductive males and females. 

Teacher show a broken pieces of castes of termites to the students

9

THEORY OF EVOLUTION

i).Theories of evolution (Darwins)

ii). Larmaks evolutionary law

ii). Modern evolution theory iv). Evidence of evolution – fossu record, - Embryology v). forces responsible for evolution, - mutation, gene flow and genetic drift 


i). Discusses the possibility of transfer of such acquired characteristics e.g. Can a footballers child have big and developed leg even without training?

10

PRACTICAL ON FOOD TEST

i). Test for presence of starch

ii). Test for presence of protein

iii). Test for the presence of simple reducing sugar.

iv). Test for a complex sugar.

i). Teacher set up the experiment in the laboratory.

ii). Allow the students to participate.

iii). Students write and draw the inference.


11

PRACTICAL OF FLOWERS AND FRUITS

i). Arrangement of floral parts, placenta ion, types of cevary conditions necessary for photosynthesis e.g. Pride of Barbados, flame of the forest, Hibiscus   

i). Show the life flower

ii). Show the floral part of the flower

12

Revision



13

Examination



BIOLOGY

SS 3 SECOND TERM


WEEK

TOPIC


CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

REVISION

i). Revision of all relevant topic in national examination

ii). Revision of past WAEC NECO and UME Questions

Teachers using the past questions booklets and other relevant text books to revise with the students.


2

REVISION ON PRACTICAL’S

Revision of past practical questions alternative to practical


Teacher using some relevant practical books, past questions and other relevant specimens.


3

Revision

Revision

Revision

4

Examinations

Examinations

Examinations


CHEMISTRY

SS 3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

METALS AND THEIR COMPOUNDS

1.  Metals:

- chemical characteristics

- relative abundance

2. Compounds of metals

3. Principles of extraction of metals:

- electrolysis

- reduction of oxides

- reduction of chlorides

- reduction of sulphates

4. The alkali metal (General properties)

5. Sodium:

- extraction of sodium

- properties of sodium

- uses of sodium.


Teacher:

i. Explains the general characteristics of metals.

ii. Lead the students to identify parts of the periodic table containing metals.

iii. Show on charts the relative abundance of metals in nature with emphasis on the occurrence of certain metals as minerals in Nigeria (i.e. Tin, iron etc).

iv. Discuss using diagrams the principles of extraction of metals with tin-mining and iron and steel as examples (emphasis on Nigeria).

Instructional Resources:

i.  samples of metals and their compounds.

ii. periodic table of elements.

iii. charts of mineral ore distribution in Nigeria.


2

METALS AND THEIR COMPOUNDS

6. The alkali earth metals (general properties)

7. Calcium:

- extraction of calcium

- properties of calcium

- compounds of calcium

- uses of calcium

8. Aluminium:

- extraction of aluminium

- uses of aluminium


Teacher:

v. list and explain the general properties of alkali and alkali earth metals.

vi. Discuss the extraction, properties and uses of sodium, calcium, aluminium and tin.


Instructional Resources: list of mining and metal-related industries in Nigeria.

3

METALS AND THEIR COMPOUNDS

9. Tin:

- extraction of tin

- uses of tin

10. Transition metal

- properties of transition metals

(the first transition series only)


Teacher:

vii. Explains the general properties of transition metals: list the 1st transition series and explain their electronic configuration. – discuss the oxidation states and complex formation for the 1st transition series.

4.

METALS AND THEIR COMPOUNDS

11. Copper:

- extraction of copper

- uses of copper

Teacher:

viii. Discuss the extraction and uses of copper and iron.

ix. explain the rusting of iron and methods of its prevention.

x. Discuss the general reaction of metals.

xi. Show samples of various metal ores to the students.


5.

IRON

  • Extraction
  • Uses
  • Rusting of iron and methods of prevention

Teacher:  perform experiment to show:

i.  brown ring test

ii. rusting of iron

iii. corrosion of iron nails

iv. Take students to visit the iron and steel industry at Ajaokuta, Nigeria if possible.

Instructional Resources:

i.  iron

ii.  water

iii.  paint or oil, grease

iv. Rusted nails, keys, spoons, etc.


6

FATS & OIL

1. Sources

2. Physical and Chemical properties

3. Reactions of fats and oil, (saponification)

4. Uses

Teacher:

i.  guides students to identify the sources of fats and oils

ii. perform simple demonstrations to show the properties of fats and oils.

iii. takes students on visit to a local vegetable industry.

Instructional Resources:

i.  samples of fats and oils

ii. paper.


7

SOAP AND DETERGENTS

1. Soap:

- preparation

- structure

2. Action of soap as an emulsifying agent.

Teacher:

i. demonstrates the preparation of soap

ii. explain the cleansing action of soap.

Instructional Resources:

  • Vegetable oil
  • Caustic soda or potash
  • Wood ash
  • Containers/reaction vessels.


8

SOAP AND DETERGENTS

3. Detergents:

  • Preparation
  • Mode of action of detergents

4. Differences between soap and detergents.

Teacher:

i.  explains the cleansing action of detergents

ii. takes students on a visit to a local soap factory and guide them to identify the raw materials and process for making soap and detergents.

iii.  assign students in groups to make soaps from locally available materials.

Instructional Resources:

  • Water
  • Thermometer
  • NaCl


9

GIANT MOLECULES

Sugars:

1. sources

2. classification as:

a. monosaccharide

- disaccharides

- polysaccharides.

b. as reducing and non-reducing sugars.

Teacher:

i.  guides students to:

- identify sources of sugar and starch

- classify sugars as mono-, di-and polysaccharides.

- differentiate between reducing and non-reducing sugars.

- state the uses of sugar and starch.

Instructional Resources:

i.  samples of glucose

ii. starch

iii.  sugarcane

iv. dilute acids

v. Source of heat


10

GIANT MOLECULES

3.  Hydrolysis of sucrose and starch.

Teacher:

i. performs simple experiments to demonstrate the hydrolysis of starch and sucrose to produce glucose.

ii. takes students on a visit to a local sugar factory.

iii.  guides students to test for sugars and starch.

Instructional Resources:

i.  containers e.g. beaker

ii. iodine

iii.  Fehlings solution

iv.  Benedict’s solution

v.  Concentrated H2SO4


11

GIANT MOLECULES

4. Test for starch and sugars

5. Uses of starch and glucose:

- proteins

- sources

- structure and properties

- test for protein

- uses of proteins

Teacher:

i. Guides students to:

- list sources of protein

- give examples of proteins

- state the uses of proteins

ii. Explains the structure of proteins to students

iii.  Performs simple experiments to:

  • Illustrate the chemical and physical properties of proteins
  • Test for proteins.

Instructional Resources:

1.  Samples of food containing protein

2. Test reagents:

- million’s reagent

- HNO3

3.  Biuret

4. Test – tubes

5. Source of heat etc.


12

Revision

Revision

13

Examinations

Examinations

14

Examinations

Examinations


CHEMISTRY

SS 3 SECOND TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ETHICAL, LEGAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

1.  Chemical wastes

2. Industrial pollutant

3.  Roles of governments in preventing chemical degradation:

- legislation

- setting of minimum standard

- Enforcement of stand.

Teacher:

i. Name some chemical industries in Nigeria.

ii. Teach students about the adverse effects of chemical waste on the environment.

iii. Sensitize the students about the hazards of working in chemical industries.

iv. Take students on a visit to chemical industry.

v.  Guide the students to discuss:

- ways of preventing chemical degradation

- The role of government in preventing chemical degradation.


2

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS

1.  Acid/Base titrations (neutralization) continued.

2. Redox titrations involving KMnO4, Fe2+, C2O4, I2, kI, S2O32-

3. Test for oxidants and reductants.

Teacher:

i.  Carry out titration to determine:

- percentage purity

- heat of neutralization

- water of crystallization etc.

ii. Guide students to test for oxidants in redox reactions.

Instructional Resources:

i.  Indicator extract from flowers

ii. Bomb calorimeter

iii. Relevant acids and bases.


3

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS

4.  Identification of ions (Fe2+ NH4+, Fe3+, Cu2+, Pb2+, etc); chlorides, nitrates, sulphates, sulphide, bicarbonates, carbonates, sulphate etc.

5. Test for hydrogen NH3, HCl, NO3, Oxygen, CO2, Cl (bleaching action).

Teacher:

i.  Guides students to identify ions (cations and anions)

ii. Guides students to test for simple sugars, fats and oils, proteins, starch, etc.

iii. Identification of fats & oils, simple sugar, proteins, starch.


Instructional Resources

i.  Relevant salts

ii.  Relevant acid and bases

  • Starch, fats and oils, protein etc.

4

Revision of SS 1 work


5

Revision of SS 1 work


6

Revision of SS 1 work


7

Revision of SS 1 work


8

Revision of SS 2 work


9

Revision of SS 2 work


10

Revision of SS 2 work


11

Revision of SS 2 work


12

Examinations


13

Examinations






PHYSICS

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

SIMPLE A.C CIRCUITS

-Nomenclature in A.C circuits

-Peak and r.m.s values

-Resistance in a.c circuit

-Capacitance in a.c circuit

-Inductance in a.c circuit


The teacher uses vectors to show the directions of resistance, inductance and capacitance in an a.c circuit


2

SIMPLE A.C CIRCUITS

-Reactance and impedance

-Series circuit containing resistance, inductance and capacitance

-Power in a.c circuit.


The teacher leads the students on how to calculate current in a simple a.c circuit


3

MODELS OF THE ATOM

-Concept of the atom

-The various models of the atom: Thomson, Rutherford, Bohr, Electron cloud models

-Limitations of physical models


The teacher leads discussion on the scattering experiment and its analogue using charts etc.

4

NUCLEUS

-Radioactivity-natural and artificial:

i) Isotopes

ii) Radioactive elements

iii) Radioactive emission

iv) Half-Life and decay constant


The teacher leads discussion on random event and probability of decaying atoms

5

NUCLEUS

-Transformation of elements

-Nuclear reaction:

i) Fission

ii) Fusion

iii) Nuclear energy

-Applications of radioactivity

-Nigeria nuclear energy programme.


-The teacher leads discussion on nuclear fission and fusion

-The teacher leads discussion on the applications of radioactivity in medicine, agriculture, science, industry, etc

6

ENERGY QUANTIZATION

-Energy level in atoms

i) Ground state

ii) Excited state

iii) Emission of light energy on return to ground state(Atomic spectra)



7

ENERGY QUANTIZATION

-Photo-electric effect

-Einstein photo-electric equation and its explanation

-X-ray:

i) Production

ii) Characteristics and properties

iii) Uses


Excursion to x-ray unit in any hospital or centre for the students to observe the operation of the X-ray equipment

8

DUALITY OF MATTER

-Wave nature of matter:

i) Electron diffraction

-Particle nature of matter:

i) Photoelectric effect

ii) Compton effect

-The uncertainty principle


The teacher leads discussion using simple illustrations, theories of nature of light particle theory and wave theory

9

PHYSICS IN TECHNOLOGY

-Constructing a battery

-Electroplating


The teacher leads the students to construct a battery of at least 3 cells and use it to light a bulb

10

PHYSICS IN THE REAL WORLD(or Technology)

-Application of electromagnetic field

i) Construction of a galvanometer, an electric motor and generators

The teacher guides the student s on the construction of any of the following

-A galvanometer

-An electric motor

-D.C and A.C generator.


11

PHYSICS IN THE REAL WORLD(PHYSICS IN TECHNOLOGY)

-Construction of a model transmission system using a transformer


The teacher to guides the students to construct a model transmission system using a transformer

12

PHYSICS IN TECHNOLOGY

-Need for use of machines in doing work:

i) Easier

ii) Quicker

iii) More conveniently

-Instances of the use of machines

i) At home

ii) In offices

iii) In industry

iv) In agriculture

v) In transportation, etc

-Repairs and maintenance of machines

i) Need for repairs of machines

ii) Need for regular maintenance of machines

iii) Maintenance schedule of machines.


-Teacher leads discussion on the need for the use of machines









-The teacher leads discussion on various instances for the uses of machines

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


PHYSICS

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

ENERGY AND SOCIETY

-Dams and Energy production

i) Location of dams for producing electricity in Nigeria

ii) Principle of production of electricity from a dam


Teacher lead discussion on how electricity is produced from a dam


2

ROCKETS AND SATELLITES

-Component parts of rockets and satellites

-Functions of rockets and satellites

-Uses of rockets and satellites


The teacher lead the discussion on the functions of rockets and satellite, using charts


3

NIGERIAN SATELLITE

-Nigeria Sat-1

i) Features of Niger Sat 1

ii) Its operation and uses

-NICOM-SAT 1

i) Features of NICOM-SAT 1

ii) Its operation and uses


The teacher to provide pictures and charts and watch film on Niger-SAT 1 to facilitate learning

4

Revision and Examination

Revision and Examination



FURTHER MATHS

SS 3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

PARTIAL FRACTIONS

i.  Basic definition

ii. Proper rational function with denominators as linear factors (distinct and repeated) and others.

Teacher: leads students to resolve rational functions into partial fraction.

Students: practice and solve different types of partial fractions.

Instructional Resources: charts of problems involving partial fractions etc.


2

INTEGRATION

i. Understand integration as reverse process of differentiation.

ii. Integration of algebraic polynomial

iii.  Integration of logarithmic functions.

Teacher: guides students to understand integration as the reverse process of differentiation.

Students: identify integration as the reverse process of differentiation.

Instructional Resources: charts, showing integration as the reverse process of differentiation etc.


3

INTEGRATION

i.  Definite integrals and application to kinetics

ii. Application of definite integral to v-t and s-t graph.

Teacher: guide students to integration algebraic polynomials and logarithmic function.

Students: solve problems on integrate of algebraic polynomials and logarithmic function.

Instructional Resource: charts of problems on integration of polynomial etc.


4

INTEGRATION

i.  Area under the curve

ii. Trapezoidal rule

iii. Volume of solids of revolution

Teacher: guide students to solve problems on area bounded by two curves.

Students: Solve problems on integration including areas bounded by two curves

Instructional Resources: charts showing integration, including area bounded by curves etc.


5

MATRICES AND DETERMINANTS

i.  Matrices as linear transformations

ii. Determinants

Teacher: leads students to identify concept of matrices as linear transformation

Students: Work out examples on matrices

Instructional Resources: charts showing different types of matrices etc.


6

MATRICES AND DETERMINANTS

i.  Solution of 2 simultaneous equation

ii. solution of 3 simultaneous equation

Teacher: leads students to solve systems of 2 and 3 simultaneous equations

Students: engage in solving systems of 2 and 3 simultaneous equations.

Instructional Resources: charts showing 2 and 3 simultaneous equation etc.


7

CONIC SECTION

i. Equation of parabola, ellipse, hyperbola in rectangular Cartesian coordinates.

ii. Parametric equations

Teacher: introduces the equation of parabola, ellipse and hyperbola.

Students: use the equation to solve practical problems

Instructional Resources: the solid shapes of parabolic, elliptic and hyperbolic types etc.


8

CORRELATION

i.  Concept of correlation as measure of relationships

ii. Rank correlation

iii. Scatter diagrams

iv. Product moment

v.  Tied rank                     


Teacher: guides the students to identify the concept of correlation from scatter diagram.

Students: solve practical problem on correlation

Instructional Resources: Real life data i.e. scores, ages etc.

9

PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION AND APPROXIMATIONS

i.  Binomial

ii. Poison

iii.  Binomial approximation by poison

iv. Normal distribution

v. Normal approximation by binomial distribution.


Teacher: Exposes students to the shapes and properties of the normal, poison and Binomial distributions.

Students: solve simple problems and apply probability distribution for approximation.


10

VARIANCE OF THE DIFFERENT PROBABIILTY DISTRIBUTIONS

  • Mean
  • Variance
  • Coefficient of variance

Teacher: defines the terms under consideration

Students: write down mean, variance and coefficient of variance.

Instructional Resources: chart showing variance of probability distribution.


11

INEQUALITIES

i. Quadratic inequalities

ii. Inequalities in two variables

Teacher: guides students to solve quadratic inequalities.

Students: solve problems on quadratic inequalities.

Instructional Resources: chart showing quadratic inequalities and inequalities in two variables.


12

Revision

Revision

13

Examinations

Examinations

14

Examinations

Examinations



FURTHER MATHS

SS 3 SECOND TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

STATICS

i.  Forces in equilibrium

ii. Resultant of parallel forces (in the same direction) and (in opposite directions) acting on a rigid body

iii. Moment of a force (2 and 3 forces) acting as a point.

iv.  Polygon of forces

v. Resolution of forces of friction.


Teacher: defines forces and their effect on a body leads the students to resolve forces.

Students: appreciate the concept of forces and their action on a rigid body. Find the moment of forces.

Instructional Resources: chart showing various component of forces.

2

MODELLING

i.  Introduction to modeling

ii. Dependent and independent variable in mathematical modeling.

iii. Construction of models

iv.  Methodology of modeling

v. Application to physical, biological, social and behavioural services.


Teacher: explains and gives practical examples of model.

Students: construct some simple mathematical models.

Instructional Resources: chart showing various types of model, i.e. symbolic, conic, mental models etc.

3

GAMES THEORY

i.  Introduction to games theory

ii. Description of types of games

iii. Solution of two person, zero sum games using pure and mixed strategies

iv. Matrix games.


Teacher: Represents games in matrix form.

Students: describes the various types of games.

Instructional Resources: chart of various types of games.

4

General Revision (SS 1 work)


5

Revision (SS 2 work)


6

General Revision (SS 3)


7

Solving past questions I


8

Solving past questions II


9

Solving past questions III


10

Examinations


11

Examinations


AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE

SS 3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

Crop Improvement

  • Meaning and aims of crop improvement
  • Mendelian Laws


Growing of local and improved (exotic) varieties of crops in the school farm.

2

Crop Improvement continues

  • Processes of crop improvement
  • Introduction
  • Selection
  • Breeding


Display of pictures of improved varieties of crops and their yield pattern (performance).

3

Principles of Animal Health Management

  • Susceptibility and resistance to diseases
  • Predisposing factors:
  • Health status of the animals
  • Environment
  • Nutrition.


Collection of farm animals and inspection of animal body for lice, ticks etc.

4

Principles of Animal Health Management Continues

  • Symptoms, effects and mode of transmission e.g.
  • Viral-foot and mouth diseases, rinder pest, new castle disease
  • Bacteria-anthrax, brucellosis, tuberculosis
  • Fungal-scabbies, ringworm
  • Protozoa-trypanosomiasis, coceidiosis.


Display pictures of disease infested animals and visit a veterinary

5

Principles of Animal Health Management Continues

  • Ecto-Endo parasites, life cycles and mode of transmission.
  • Methods of:
  • Preventing – quarantine, inoculation, vaccination, hygiene, breeding.
  • Control – treatment by a veterinary doctor, destruction.


Display specimens of common ecto-endo parasites e.g. fleas, ticks, lice, tapeworm, roundworms.




Demonstrate spraying or dipping.

6

Fish Farming and Fishery Regulations

  • Establishment and maintenance of fish pond.


An aquarium can be used to demonstrate this or a fish pond.

7

Fishery Regulations

  • Fishery regulations.


Excursion to a fish pond

8

Animal Improvement

  • Aims and Meaning of animal improvement
  • Methods of animal improvement;
  • Introduction
  • Selection


Identify the different types of breeds and their similarities and performance.

9

Animal Improvement continues

  • Breeding-inbreeding, line-breeding, cross breeding.

Display pictures on outcomes of cross breeding animals.



10

Irrigation and Drainage

  • Importance of irrigation and drainage
  • Irrigation system; channel, sprinklers, underground etc.
  • Drainage system- channel, underground etc.

Display pictures of Dams, Irrigated fields.


Use waste water to demonstrate channel drainages.



11

Irrigation and Drainage continues

  • Merit and Demerit of each; irrigation and drainage systems.
  • Problems associated with irrigation:
  • High cost of maintenance
  • Water availability
  • Build up of pest and diseases



Display pictures of drainage systems e.g. channels.





12

Revision

Revision

13

Examination

Examination


AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE

SS 3 SECOND TERM


WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Marketing of Agricultural Produce

  • Meaning and importance of marketing
  • Marketing agents:
  • Marketing Boards.

Display marketing board produce and their structural organization

2

Marketing of Agricultural Produce continues

  • Cooperative societies
  • Middlemen – Wholesalers, Retailers
  • Producers etc.

Excursion to a co-operative society organization.

3

Agricultural Extension

  • Agricultural extension as a teaching and learning process.
  • Agricultural extension programmes e.g. ADP
  • Diffusion of new ideas and techniques (innovations) to farmers.

Display of teaching aids used by Extension workers (agents)

4

Revision

Revision

5

Examination

Examination


PHYICAL EDUCATION

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Greek Festival And The OlympicGames

-Greek festivals

-Ancient Olympics games

-Modern Olympic games 

-Teacher explains the significance of Greek festival

-Discusses the origin of the Olympic games

-Highlights the values of the Olympic games 

-Discuss the role of Pierre de Coubertin in the revival of the Olympic games

-Students note the significance of Greek festivals

-Take parts in class discussion and ask questions

-List the value of the Olympics games

-Note the roles of Pierre the Coubertin in the revival of the modern Olympic games

-Instructional Resources:- text books, posters, charts, CD-ROMs      

2

International Competition

-The FIFA world cup

-Olympics games

-Para-Olympics games

-World secondary school soccer championships

-The world volley ball league

-Teacher explains various acronyms

-Identifies various secretariats and their locations

-List various symbols on the Olympic flag

-Students listen and take notes

-Ask questions and answer questions

-Identity symbols on the Olympic flag in group

-Instructional Resources;- textbook, manganese, flags of the governing bodies   

3

Sports Governing  Bodies

-National and international

Sports governing bodies e.g. FIFA,NSC,IOC,SCSA

-Administrative structures and function at national state and local government levels

-Administrative structure at primary, secondary and Tartary

-Instructional     

-Teacher discusses various sports governing bodies

-Invites a guest speaker to give talk on the administrative structures and functions at the national state and local government levels

 -Students participate in class discussions actively and copy notes from the board

-Listen to teacher, ask and answer questions

-Instructional Resources:- textbooks, chart, flags of the sports governing bodies, video- documentaries 

3&4

Ball Game Hockey

-History of hockey game

-Nature of hockey game

-Basic skills in hockey

-Types of hockey pitch 


-Teacher narrate brief history

-Explains nature of the game

-Narrate basic skills in the game

-Explain and demonstrate and supervises the skills in hockey

-Mention the two types of hockey pitch

-Students listen to teacher

-Demonstrate and practice skills

-Participate in class discussion

-Ask and answer questions

-Instructional Resources:- hockey sticks, balls

-Diagram of the pitch textbooks       

6

Hockey

-Facilities and equipment officials

-Rules and regulations

-Terminologies 

-Teacher lists the facilities and equipment

-Enumerates the officials and their functions

-State the rules and regulations of the games

------------- the terminologies of the games as used

-Students listen and take notes down participate in the class discussions

-Instructional Resources:- textbooks, charts balls, and the pitch 

7&8

Gymnastics Box Work

-Definition of gymnastics

-Description of box work in gymnastics

-Various box work

-Astride vault through vault

-Long arm over string treat under approach,

-Execution and handing techniques     

-Teacher defines gymnastics

-Describes box work in gymnastics

-Enumerates the various vaults

-The students practice the venous gymnastics activities under the supervision of the teacher

-Instruction Resource:- valut, maitresses posters etc.  

9&10

Field Events

-Long jump (Practical)  


-The teacher demonstrates

-The students practice the skills

-Instructional Resources –take off board, landing pit, whistle flags,

11

Revision

Revision

12-13

Examinations

Examinations


PHYICAL EDUCATION

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT


ACTIVITIES


1

Ball games (Basket ball)

-Practical basketball game skills

-The teacher demonstrates the skills

-The students practice the skills under the supervision of the teacher

-Instructional Resources:- basketball,

-Basketball count, net, whistle, canvas 

2

Volley Ball Game

-Practical in volleyball game –skills

-The teacher demonstrates the skills

-The students practice the skills

-Instructional Resources:-

-Volleyball, volleyball court, whistle, canvas, net etc 

3

Tennis Game

-Practical in tennis skills 

-The teacher demonstrates the skills

-The students practice the skill

-Instructional Resources:-

-Tennis rackets

-Tennis balls

-Canvas

-Tennis court etc

4

Soccer Game

-Practical in soccer

-Skills in soccer

-The teacher demonstrates some of the skills in soccer

-The students practice the skills

-Instructional Resources

-Soccer ball/ Football

-Whistle

-Soccer pitch

-Flags

Stop watchers

5

Revision

Revision

6

Examination

Examination







HEALTH EDUCATION

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

PIONEERS OF HEALTH EDUCATION IN NIGERIA

-Profile of pioneers of health education like:

Z.A Ademuwagun, J.A Ajala, C.O Udoh, J. Fawole, Owie Oshodin Folawiyo, O.C Nwana, G.B Onuha, J.O Adeniyi, Ogundeji, etc.

Teacher leads students to discuss the profile of notable pioneers of health education in Nigeria.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Film clips.

2

ENDOCRINE SYSTEM

-Endocrine system

-Disease of the endocrine system

Students draw and label the endocrine system


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Posters, charts, CDs showing endocrine system

3

POSTURE AND POSTURAL DEFECTS

-Definition of posture

-Correct postures for human activities

-Determinant of correct postures(nutrition and exercise)

Demonstrate correct sitting, walking, pushing, pulling, standing and lifting postures


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Posters, charts and students.

4

HEALTH MAINTENANCE AND RROMOTION

-Definition of:

i) health maintenance

ii) health promotion

-Essentials for health maintenance and promotion

i) exercise

ii) nutrition

iii) regular medical check up

-Health screening

i) visual

ii) auditory

Teacher leads the students to discuss the essential health maintenance and promotion programs.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Posters, charts, etc showing health maintenance and promotion programs.


5

DENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION

-Definition:

i) meaning

ii) types

-Types of human teeth(incisor, canine, premolar and molar

-Teeth diseases e.g. dental caries gingivitis.


Teacher guides students to compare children and adult dentition and state the differences.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Posters, charts, students and a child.

6

EPIDEMIOLOGY AND VITAL STATISTICS

-Definition of terms:

i) epidemiology

ii) vital statistics

iii) population dynamics

- Components of vital statistics:

i) fertility rates

ii) mortality rates

iii) morbidity rates

-Major components of vital statistics and their uses.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE

Posters, charts and magazines illustrating vital statistics, population, etc

7

PESTS AND VECTORS CONTROL

-Pests and vector:

i) meaning

ii) differences between pest and vector

iii) habitats

iv) harmful effects

v) control

-Teacher guides students on how to use materials for pest and vector control in their community.

-Students draw diagrams of some pests and vectors in their community.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Insect treated nets, pesticides, insecticides, rat, cockroach, etc

8

FOOD HYGIENE, PRESERVATION AND STORAGE

-Principles and meaning of food hygiene

-Food preservation, storage and poisoning.

Students visit kitchens and restaurants to observe principles of food hygiene and practice.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Empty cans, containers, apron, detergent, flask, salt, food items, etc.

9

DISABILITY AND REHABILITATION

-Meaning and prevention of disability

-Types of disability(primary, secondary and tertiary)

-Meaning of rehabilitation

-Types of rehabilitation(medical, vocational, social and psychological)


Students dramatize types of rehabilitation strategies.

10

PATHOGENS AND PARASITES

-Define pathogens and parasites with examples(e.g. bacteria, fungi, ricketsia, helminthes, worms)

-Differences between pathogens and parasites.

-Characteristics of each non-communicable disease in relation to causation.

Teacher guides students to discuss the activities of pathogens and parasites and tabulate them into different disease causation.


11

POPULATION EDUCATION

-Meaning of population and population education

-Census and its problems in Nigeria

-Small and large population

-Advantages and disadvantages of different types of population

Field trip to National Population Commission and find out their activities.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE

Charts, posters, films, etc.

12

Revision

Revision

13

Examination

Examination


HEALTH EDUCATION

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

HEALTH INSURANCE AND ADVERTISEMENT OF HEALTH PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

-Meaning and importance of health insurance

-Health insurance in Nigeria

-Advertisement of health products and consumer services

Students compile the list of organizations handling operations of health insurance scheme in Nigeria and assemble print media cuttings on health products and consumer services.


INSTRUCTION RESOURCES

Charts, posters, collections, etc

2

NOSTRUM

-Definition of nostrum

-Types of nostrum

i) Health tonic

ii) Miracle substances

iii) Magic portions

iv) Amulates and talisman

Teacher guides the students to discuss types of nostrum.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Charts, posters, collections, etc.

3

NOSTRUM

-Classification of nostrum

-Reasons for avoiding nostrum

Teacher leads students to discuss why nostrum should be avoided.


INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL

Charts, posters, etc.

4

Revision

Revision

5

Examination

Examination

COMPUTER STUDIES

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

NETWORK

-Definition of networking

-Types of networking

-Network topology

-Network devices

-Benefits of networking


-Teacher leads students to define and list types of networking e.g. Ethernet, Token ring, Arcnet.

-Displays each network topology in class

-Drawing of flow diagram for each network topology in the class

-List network devices e.g. (Hubs, Modems, Switches, Router)

-State benefits of networking e.g. Sharing resources, easy communication, etc.


2

INTRODUCTION FOR WORLD WIDE WEB

-Definitions and full meaning of www

-Brief history of www

-Introduction to www

-Basic terminologies protocols


- Teacher leads students to define and gives full meaning of www.

-Brief history of www in the class

-Basic terminologies: www, website, webpage, home page.

-Lists the protocols with full meaning, e.g. HTTP, html

-Hypertext transfer protocols

-Hypertext markup language


3

USES/BENEFIT OF WWW

-Navigating through websites

-Software for web development, cables and connectors

-Network cables and connectors


- Teacher leads students to display and demonstrate a website  on the internet(H.O.E)

-Navigate through websites e.g. finegoving.org

-Displaying network cables and connectors in the class, e.g. twisted pair, fiber option, telephone

-Displays data cables

-Power cables, data cables: Printer, USB, monitor etc.

-List types of connectors: e.g. male, female.

4

DATA BASE

-Definition

-Examples of DBMS

-Basic technologies

-Forms of data base organization

- Teacher leads students to define database and D.B packages

-Mention examples of database packages: e.g. DbaseIII, DbaseIV, Foxbase.

-Basic technologies: e.g. file, record, field, keys.

-List different forms of data base organization

-Displays an existing data base (file) in the system and features e.g. file designed as tables

-Tables composed of rows and columns (field) contains specific types of information.


5

DATABASE

-Creating database

-Basic operations

- Teacher guides students to create a database in the system(H.O.E)

-Define the structure

-Indicate field type

-Enter and save data

-Basic operations:

i) Searching

ii) Sorting

iii) Modifying

iv) Generating report


6

GRAPHICS(INTRODUCTION TO COREL DRAW)

-Definition of graphics, examples of graphics

-Features in CorelDraw e.g. environment: tools, color pallets.


- Teacher leads students to define graphics

-Examples of graphics packages:

i) Paint ii) Harvard graphics iii) Photoshop iv) Corel draw, etc

-Features: Tools, and color pallets

-Opening Corel; draw from programs(H.O.E)


7

GRAPHICS(COREL DRAW)

-Simple design

-Basic programming III

(one-dimensional array)

-DIM statement


-Application to make simple design e.g.

i) Complimentary card, Business card

ii) Birthday and congratulatory  cards

iii) School logo, Nigeria flag.

-Guide students to close and exit Corel draw

-Define one dimensional array (i.e. using DIM  statement)

-Operations on array: input of an array, output of an array, arithmetic array.


8

BASIC PROGRAMING III

-Review of the for next statement, while end statement

-Write BASIC program

- Teacher guides students to write simple program segments on each operation and program using FOR-NEXT and WHILE-END statement.

-State data in vector of 10 integer with and without a FOR-NEXT statement

-Calculate the average of one dimensional array with 100 numeric value.


9

BASIC PROGRAMMING III

-Calculate the area of 10 different rectangles with and without while-end statements.

- High Level Language (HLL)

Definition of HLL

Examples:- BASIC, FORTRAN, ALGOL etc.

- Teacher guides students to calculate area of 10 different rectangles with and without the WHILE-END statement

-Output the sum of the first 100 integers

-Output the value elements of a given array

-Define high level language(HLLs)

-BASIC, FORTRAN, ALGOL, C, PASCAL, P/I, PROLOG, COBOL, as given examples

-BASIC, FORTRAN, ALGOL(scientific)


1O

HIGH LEVEL LANGUAGE

-Classification of (HLLs)

-Features of BASIC, C, PASCAL, COBOL.

-Advantages of HLL over ML, LLL

- Teacher leads students to classify HLLs based on suitable application of C, PASCAL,  P/I (General Purpose), LISP, PROLOG(Artificial Intelligent AI), SNOBOL(Special Purpose Programming Language), COBOL(Business)

-Interpreted Language: BASIC

-Compiled Language: PASCAL, COBOL, FORTRAN

-State the advantages of HLLs over ML, LLL

-State features of

HLLs, BASIC, C,L PASCAL, COBOL, etc


11


OVERVIEW OF NUMBER BASES

-Review of number bases: decimal, hexadecimal.

-Conversion in number bases

-List digits in each number bases:

i) Binary-2, Octal-8, Decimal-10, Hexadecimal-12

ii) Leads students to carry out conversion of a given number to another number base. E.g.

810  to binary number

=810 =10002



12

OVERVIEW OF NUMBER BASES

-Basic arithmetic in number bases

-Addition and subtraction

-Carry out simple arithmetic operation using each number bases.

i) Addition operation e.g.

    1102 +1112 , 0045 +2345

ii) Subtraction operation e.g.

     1224 -0324 , 11102 -01012  etc.


13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


COMPUTER STUDIES

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

DATA REPRESENTATION

-Definition of data representation.

-Description of data representation.

-Character set.


-Teacher leads students to define and list methods of data representation.

-Description of data representations method: Bits, BCD, EBCDIC, -ASCII

-Display character sets. ASCII: American Standard Code for Information Interchange.


2

SECURITY AND ETHICS

-sources of security breaches

-virus, worm and Trojan horse.

-Poorly implemented or lack of ICT Policy.


Teacher leads students to list out the sources of security branches. E.g Virus, worms and Trojan horse.

- Poorly implemented or lack of ICT Policy

-poorly implemented network

-careless giving out of personal and vital information on the net without careful screening.


3

SECURITY AND ETHICS

- Preventive measures

- Legal issues

- Web content

- Piracy

- Cyber-Crime

- Hacking.

- Crime, etc

Leads students to list preventive and discuss preventive measures against security breaches:

-use of anti-virus software

-use of fire fox

-exercising care in giving out personal and vital information

-encryption, proper network, implementation and policy, using sites with web certificates, exercising care in opening e-mail attachments.


4

SECURITY AND ETHICS

-legal issue

-web content

-piracy

-cyber crimes

Hacking

legal issues:

-Copy right

-Ownership right to: text, image, audio, video

-Web content. Subject to existing laws of host country

-piracy: software, audio, video

-Cyber crimes: identify theft, internet fraud.

-Hacking: gaining authorized access to resources with the intention to cause harm.


5

Revision

Revision

6

Examination

Examination


SENIOR SECONDARY BUSINESS

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

PURCHASE OF BUSINESS ACCOUNT;

  • Meaning
  • Terminologies
  • Preparation of purchase of business in purchaser’s books; journal entry.


Teacher explains the meaning of purchase of business, lists and explains the terminologies used in purchase of business account, guides the learners in preparing the journal entries and the ledgers. Students write short note on purchase of business account, practice some exercises on purchases of business account.

Resources; charts, purchase of business account format.


2

FURTHER TREATMENT OF PURCHASE OF BUSINESS

  • Vendor’s account
  • Balance sheet
  • Preparation

Teacher explains the meaning of purchase of business, lists and explains the terminologies used in purchase of business account, guides the learners in preparing the journal entries and the ledgers. Students write short note on purchase of business account, practice some exercises on purchases of business account.

Resources; charts, purchase of business account format.

3

HIRE PURCHASE AND INSTALLMENT PAYMENT ACCOUNTS;

  • Definition, types of goods on hire purchase
  • Terminologies
  • Operation of hire purchase system
  • Calculation of interest charge.

Teacher guides the students, explains their term hire purchase, types of goods on hire purchases, the operation and importance of hire purchase to the vendor and the hirer,  prepare hire purchase and installmental payment account.

Students write short notes on the operation and importance of hire purchase, group discussion on hire purchase and installmental payment transaction, prepare hire purchase and installmental payment accounts.

Resources; charts, pictures, invoice documents.



4

HIRE PURCHASE ACCOUNT

  • Preparation of hire purchase account
  • The hirer’s books
  • The vendor’s books

Teacher guides the students, explains their term hire purchase, the operation and importance of hire purchase to the vendor and the hirer, to prepare hire purchase and installmental payment account.

Students write short notes on the operation and importance of hire purchase, group discussion on hire purchase and installmental payment transaction, prepare hire purchase and installmental payment accounts.

Resources; charts, pictures, invoice documents.

5

CONSIGNMENT ACCOUNT;

Meaning/definition

Terminologies

Preparation of account sales.

Teacher discusses consignment account and its terminologies, guide students to prepare consignment account.

Students listen and react by asking questions, take part in the preparation of the consignment account.

Resources; chart, pictures, and invoice documents.

6

CONSIGNMENT ACCOUNT;

Entries in the books of consignor (preparation).

  • Goods sent on consignment acct.
  • Consignee’s account
  • Trading, profit and loss account.

Teacher discusses consignment account and its terminologies, guide students to prepare consignment account.

Students listen and react by asking questions, take part in the preparation of the consignment account.

Resources; chart, pictures, and invoice documents.

7

JOINT VENTURES ACCOUNT

  • Meaning/definition
  • Differences between partnership and joint ventures

Teacher guides the students to explain joint ventures account, distinguish between joint ventures and partnership, prepare joint venture account.

Students write short notes on joint ventures, differentiate between joint ventures and partnership, and prepare joint venture account.
Resources; chart, flash card.

8

JOINT VENTURES ACCOUNT

  • Preparation of joint venture accounts
  • Individual’s account
  • Joint venture memorandum account.

Teacher guides the students to explain joint ventures account, distinguish between joint ventures and partnership, prepares joint venture account.

Students write short notes on joint ventures, differentiate between joint ventures and partnership, and prepare joint venture account.
Resources; chart, flash card.

9

DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNT

  • Meaning/definition
  • Basis for apportionment of expenses
  • Advantages of departmental account.

Teacher guides the students to explain joint ventures account, distinguish between joint ventures and partnership, prepare joint venture account.

Students write short notes on joint ventures, differentiate between joint ventures and partnership, and prepare joint venture account.
Resources; chart, flash card.

10

DEPARTMENTAL ACCOUNT

  • Preparation of trading, profit and loss account
  • Stressing departmental transfer
  • Preparation of departmental balance sheet.

Teacher explains the meaning of departmental accounts discusses the advantages and the need for departmental account, prepares departmental account.

Students write short notes on the meaning, need and advantages of departmental account, participate in the preparation of departmental account.

Resources; chart, flash card.

11

BRANCH ACCOUNT

  • Description of branch organization
  • Types of branch; local and foreign
  • Importance of branch account
  • Difference between branch and departmental organization.

Teacher guides the students to explain and differentiate between departmental and branch accounts, explain the difference between local and foreign branch, state the importance of branch account, prepare branch account.

Students listen to teacher and react by taking notes, distinguish between local and foreign branch, observe and prepare branch account.

Resources; chart, pictures, invoice and document.

12

BRANCH ACCOUNT

  • Preparation of branch account
  • Head office books
  • Branch office books.

Teacher guides the students to explain and differentiate between departmental and branch accounts, explain the difference between local and foreign branch, state the importance of branch account, prepare branch account.

Students listen to teacher and react by taking notes, distinguish between local and foreign branch, observe and prepare branch account.

Resources; chart, pictures, invoice and document.

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

CONTRACT ACCOUNT

  • Meaning of contract account
  • Terminologies used
  • Preparation in the proprietor’s book for each contract
  • Preparation in the contractor’s books.

Teacher guide the students to explain contract account items, prepare contract account.

Students participate during explanation, work examples on contract account.

Resources; charts, diagrams.

2

PUBLIC SECTOR ACCOUNT

  • Sources of government revenue
  • Terminologies used;
  • Head, sub-head, estimate etc
  • Classification of expenses.
  • Capital expenditure
  • Recurrent expenditure
  • Preparation of public sector account
  • Capital expenditure account
  • Revenue account
  • Recurrent expenditure account.

Teacher guides the students to identify various sources of government revenue, explain and distinguish between capital and recurrent expenditures, list the items in capital and recurrent expenditures, explain the uses of revenue by the government, prepare public sector accounts.

Students identify sources of government revenue, write the differences between capital and recurrent expenditures, state at least five ways government uses its revenue, list the items on capital and recurrent expenditures, participate in the preparation of public sector accounts.

Resources; charts, pictures, federal/states government’s budget, publications on revenue allocation by federal government, publications by federal, state and local government.

3

INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING

  • Meaning/definition
  • The computer;
  • Hard ware system
  • Soft wares
  • Installation; factors to be considered.
  • Application in an accounting environment
  • Advantages/disadvantages of computer
  • Intranets and internet;- advantages and disadvantages.

Teacher explains the meaning of date processing , discusses the computer hardware and software, ask the students to mention the factors to be considered  in computer installation, list the application in an accounting environment, explain the advantages and disadvantages of computers, differentiate between intranet and internet, state the advantages and disadvantages of intranet.

Students pay attention to the meaning of data processing, write short notes on the following; hardware and software application in an accounting environment, factors to be considered in computer installation, intranet and internet.

Resources; pictures, computer set/laptop computer, resource person.

4

Revision

Revision

5

Examination

Examination





STORE MANAGEMENT

SS 3 TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Revision and documents used in foreign trade:

1. Revision on SS 2 work.

2. Documents used in foreign trade. Meaning of foreign trade –

a. Certificates of company’s registration.

b. Letter of credit.

c. International credit card.

3. Documents used in foreign trade:

d. Credit guarantee

e. Bill of lading.

Teacher discusses questions with students, defines, list and discusses foreign trade and document for foreign trade.

Students listen and participate.

Teaching Resources

Past question paper, samples of company registration certificate,

Cardboard showing documents for foreign trade.


2

Documents used in foreign trade.

f. Air way bill

g. indent

h. Certificate of insurance

i. Consular invoice

j. Certificate of origin

k. Mate receipt

l. Ship manifest

m. Certificate of insurance.

List and discusses foreign trade and document for foreign trade.

Students listen and participate.

Teaching Resources

Past question paper, samples of company registration certificate,

Cardboard showing documents for foreign trade.


3

Document used in foreign trade:

n. Bill of exchange

o. Weight note

p. Bill of sight

q. Dock warrant

r. Bill of entry

s. Entry for free goods

t. Dock lading account

u. Export invoice

v. Entry for ware house

w. Bill of health.

List and discusses foreign trade and document for foreign trade.

Students listen and participate.

Teaching Resources

Past question paper, samples of company registration certificate,

Cardboard showing documents for foreign trade.


4

Documents used in foreign trade:

x. Freights note

y. Custom specification

z. Import license

- NAFDAC registration number for food and drug. Standard organisation of Nigeria (SON) for other products



5

Documents used in foreign trade cont.

I. Means of payment in foreign trade (a) telegraph transfer (b) Guaranteed mail transfer (c) mail transfer

II.(d) foreign bill of exchange

(e) Traveller cheque (f) Bank draft, factoring

III. Letter of hypothetication, letter of credit



6

Document used in home trade

I. Certificate of company registration, NAFDAC for food and drug products, SON for other products.

II.Licences- meaning state government and local government

Teacher lists certificates for home trade and discusses them. Students listen and participate.

Teaching Resources

Cardboard showing home trade documents.


7

Documents used in home trade cont.

I.Licences- importance

2.Licences- uses

3.Licences- benefits

Teacher discusses importance, uses and benefits. Students participate.

Teaching Resources

Cardboard showing importance, uses and benefits.

8

Basic computer literacy

I. Meaning of computer and components of computer

II. Components of computer cont

III. Characteristics of a computer


Teacher discusses meaning, components, parts and characteristics. Students listen and participate, ask questions

Teaching Resources

Visit to school computer room

9

Basic computer literacy cont.

I.Classification of computers (a) Mainframe (b) minicomputer (c) microcomputer

II. softwares- meaning, classes (a) system software- meaning, classes- translators, opening systems etc.

III. software- (b) application programmes- meaning,

Division- ready made package (application packages) programme that we write our selves.


Teacher identifies classes of computer, defines software, discusses classes of software. Students listen, take notes, participate.

Teaching Resources

Computer room, different types of software.


10

Basic computer literacy cont.

I. What is word processing, types of word processing package (a) word star, (b) word perfect (c) Microsoft word (iv) note pad

II. Common features of word processing.

III. Creating and editing documents e.g. writing of simple business letter

Teacher discusses types of word processing, common features, writing simple business letters. Students practice writing and editing.

Teachers Resources

Software packages, sample of business letters.


11

Revision

Revision

12

Examination

Examination


STORE MANAGEMENT

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

TOPICS/CONTENT

1.Revision and basic computer literacy

- Revision on last terms work.

- Printing of letters.

- Storing of information in computer.

Teacher discusses printing of letters.

Students practice.

Teaching Resources

Sample of printed works.


2

2. Basic computer literacy.

- Retrieving files and documents.

- Moving and copying texts.

- Text formatting.

Teacher discusses retrieving files and documents, moving and coping text.

Teaching Resources

Computer with stored files.

3

3. Basic computer literacy.      

- Deleting of document already stored in the computer.

- Functions of computer.

- Importance of computer.

Teacher discusses documents stored and how to delete.

Students participate.

Teaching Resources

Computer with stored files.

4

REVISION


5

ERC MOCK SSCE EXAMINATIONS







OFFICE PRACTICE

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

MEETINGS – Meaning

  • Types; board meeting
  • Management meeting.

Students write down notes on meetings, participate in discussion on types of meetings.

2

TYPES OF MEETINGS CONTD;

  • Emergency meeting
  • Annual general meeting
  • Staff meeting
  • Committee meeting

Resources; pictures of officers holding meetings.

3

PROCEDURES FOR MEETING

  • Opening prayer
  • Agenda
  • Matters arising
  • AOB etc

Notice of meetings, minutes of meetings.

4

MEETING TERMINOLOGIES;

  • Agenda, adoption, quorum, motion etc


5

ROLE OF A CHAIRMAN IN A MEETING

  • Presiding over a meeting
  • Taking a decision etc

Pictures of officers holding meetings in a conference room.

6

ROLE OF A SECRETARY IN MEETING

  • Calling for a meeting
  • Writing of minutes of a meeting.

Students will roll play meeting and write down the minutes of the meeting.

7

  • REPORT WRITING; Meaning
  • Types- formal and informal.

Students participate in the discussion on types of reports and take notes from the chalkboard.

8

REQUIREMENTS FOR EFFECTIVE REPORT

  • Gathering data and facts
  • Interpreting data.
  • Writing a draft report etc

Visit ongoing trade fair and write report on the event.

9

IMPORTANCE OF WRITING REPORTS

General rules/guidelines in writing reports.

Students participate in the discussion.

Resources; a sample of report written on an event.

10

Qualities of a Good Report

Qualities of a Good Report

11

Revision

Revision

12

Examination

Examination


OFFICE PRACTICE

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

INFORMATION – Meaning,

TYPES;- primary, secondary, tertiary.

Students write down definition, participate in the discussion on the types of information.

2

SOURCES OF INFORMATION;

Periodicals, radio, TV, textbooks, dictionary, diaries etc

Resources; periodicals, magazines, newsletters, textbooks, dictionaries, diaries, computer, newspapers, journals, mobile phones, radio, TV.

3

USES OF INFORMATION;

Planning, decision making, future reference etc.

STORAGE OF INFORMATION; files,

Tapes—cassettes, disc (VCD/DVD)

Electronic—flash drives, floppy disc, memory card.

Resources; files, cassettes, VCD, memory cards, floppy disc.

4

Revision

Revision

5

Examination

Examination




    INSURANCE

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPICS/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1









2.











3.










4.











5.








6.










7.







8.











9.











10.








11.




12



13.


General insurance:-

Special features of life insurance;

  • Long term contract
  • Level of premium
  • Surrender value
  • State recognition
  • Paid-up policy with profit policies



General use of life assurance:-

  • Difference between life and non life assurance
  • Benefits of life assurances to the individual;

-educating ones children

-investment

-collateral

-monetary estate

-protection etc.


General use of life assurance cont)benefit of life assurance to the

-Society

-Government

State its suitability to various needs.






Meaning of Insurance Market:-

  • Meaning of insurance market
  • Insurance companies(giving examples
  • Insurance intermediaries e.g. Brokers, agents, loss adjusters
  • Roles of insurance intermediaries
  • Why you should deal with a registered intermediary


Insurance Market( cont)

  • Insurance sellers
  • Insurance buyers e.g. Individual/private, cooperate and public institutions
  • Insurance supporting services.



Nigeria Insurance Association(NIA):-

  • Meaning and purpose of (NIA)
  • Roles of the association
  • Membership requirement of the association






Nigeria council of registered insurance brokers (NCRIB)

  • Meaning of NCRIB
  • PURPOSE /ROLEs
  • Membership of NCRIB



Institute of Lose Adjusters of Nigeria (ILAN):-

  • MEANING and establishment of ILAN
  • Functions of ILAN, how loss adjusters aid insurance claim settlement
  • Membership of ILAN
  • International institute of Loss Adjusters (ILAN)


National insurance commission(NAICOM)

  • Meaning of NAICOM
  • Establishment of NAICOM
  • Regulatory body of NAICOM
  • Functions of NAICOM.






Chartered Insurance Institute of Nigeria (CIIN) cont.


  • Meaning of CIIN
  • Establishment of CIN
  • Functions of CIIN



Chartered Insurance:-

Institute of Nigeria (CIIN) cont.



Revision



Examination.


Teachers explain the special features of life assurance non life assurance do not have.

Students participate in the discussion.

Instructional recourses: card board displaying these features.



Teacher explains importance of life assurance.

Students participate in discussion.

Instructional recourses:-

Use of card board displaying benefits of life assurance to the individual.




Teacher explains benefits of life assurance to the society and government.

Students participate in the discussion.

Instructional recourses:-

Cardboard displaying this benefits



Teacher explains with example.

Students participate in the discussion. Students list three insurance intermediaries.

Instructional resources:- Costume (each students with tag broker, agents, loss adjuster).





Teacher explains the following :-

Insurance sellers, buyers, insurance supporting services.

Students list example of each.

Instructional resources- costumes.



Teacher explains purpose of the association, membership requirement.

Student listing, state a purpose of setting up the association and requirement.

Instructional resources: Word cards.



Teacher explains the content one after the others.

Student state the purpose/roles of NCRIB.

Teacher explains NCRIB.



Teacher explains establishment of ILAN.










Teacher introduces a resource person (insurance personnel) to discuss the operation of NAICOM.

Students participate in the discussion.

Instructional resources; resource person, specimen document- registration certificate.



Teacher explains the establishment of CIIN, Functions of CIIN.

Students participates

Instructional resources: Word cards







  Revision



Examination.



INSURANCE

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPICS/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1.









2.









3-13




Common Insurance Terminologies:

  • Concealment
  • Disclosure
  • Day of grace
  • Ex-gracia payment
  • Extra premium
  • Endorsement


Excepted subject matter of insurance:-

  • Under insurance
  • Subject matter of contract
  • Return of premium (Insurance terminologies Cont.)






Revision/Mock and Examination.



Teachers explains the terminologies,

Students participates in the discussion, list five terms used in insurance and state their meaning.

Instructional resources: Word cards.


Teachers explains the terminologies,

Students participates in the discussion, list five terms used in insurance and state their meaning.

Instructional resources: Word cards.



COMMERCE

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

CONSUMER PROTECTION

  • Meaning, need/reasons for protection.
  • Consumer right and consumption.
  • Instrument/agencies for consumer protection e.g rent tribunal, manufacturers association of Nigeria (SON),
  • Professional bodies e.g KAN, ANAN, NBA, NUT etc

Teacher discusses consumer right and consumerism, and agencies responsible for consumer protection.

Students provide newspaper cuttings of advertised products.

Resources; paper cuttings of advertised products.

2

BUSINESS DOCUMENTS

  • Essential business documents; letter of  inquiry, quotation catalogue, order.
  • Invoice, receipt, delivery notes, statement of account, debit note, credit note, etc
  • Trade terms and abbreviations; meaning of trade terms – FOB, FOR, CWO, EXSHIP, COD, CIF, FAS.

Teacher provides buying and selling documents, explains the functions of the documents.

Students are encouraged to provides documents used in buying and selling.

3

TERMS OF TRADE/SALES--

  • Cash, credit, or payment in arrears etc
  • Means of payments—legal tender e.g coins, bank notes.
  • Through bank e.g cheque, western union, money gram, electronic money transfer, transfer credit card.
  • Standing order
  • Bank draft.

Teacher describes various means of payments, explains payment through banks.

Students copy notes from the board.

Resources; bankdraft, cheques etc

4

MEANS OF PAYMENT

  • Through post office, stamps, money order, postal order, promissory note.


5

COMMERCIALIZATION

  • Meaning, reasons, advantages and disadvantages.
  • Privatization- meaning, reasons, advantages and disadvantages.
  • Deregulation; meaning, reasons, advantages and disadvantages.
  • Nationalization;
  • Meaning, reasons, advantages and disadvantages.

Teacher leads students in discussing commercialization, privatization, deregulation and nationalization.

Students participate actively in the class discussion.

Resources; pamphlets, newspaper articles.

6

CAPITAL MARKET;

  • Capital market; meaning.
  • Historical development; 1946 (development loan stock first issue) 1960; Lagos stock exchange act- 1962, capital issue committee, 1979- capital issue commission.
  • 1979 securities and exchange commission decree no. 71.
  • 1985; second tier securities market (SSM) 1999 investment and securities act.

Teacher outlines evolution of Nigeria capital market from 1946 to date. Students copy notes from the board on the topic.


7

STOCK EXCHANGE

  • Stock exchange; meaning and functions, importance, organizational set-up, membership of the stock exchange, procedure of transaction at the stock exchange.

Teacher discusses in detail the meaning, functions and the organizational set up of the stock exchange in Nigeria.

Students copy notes on the topic.

8

STOCK EXCHANGE

  • Securities; meaning, types, shares, stocks, bonds, gilt-edged and debentures.
  • Capital market; method of raising fund, offer for sale, offer/subscription, right issue, private placement.
  • Speculation; meaning, speculators, bull, bear and stage.

Teacher guides students to role play the transaction on the stock exchange, invites a speculator to talk to students.

Students participate fully, listen, and ask questions.

9

STOCK EXCHANGE

  • Bodies that can access the capital market, public companies, government.
  • Second tier security market, meaning, advantages to companies, advantages to the investing public.
  • Second tier security market; operating regulation, primary and secondary market, first tier and second tier (differentiate).

Teacher guides students to role play the transaction on the stock exchange, invites a speculator to talk to students.

Students participate fully, listen, and ask questions.

10

ECONOMIC GROUPING

  • ECOWAS, meaning, history, and member countries.
  • Objectives
  • Organs
  • Achievements
  • problems

Teacher shows map of West Africa to locate member countries of ECOWAS.

Students copy notes.

Resources; maps.

11

NIGER BASIN COMMISSION

  • History,
  • Member countries
  • Objectives
  • Achievements
  • Problems


12

LAKE CHAD BASIN COMMISSION (LCBC)

  • History
  • Member countries
  • Objectives
  • West African clearing house (WACH); history, member countries, objectives.


13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination

                                                 


COMMERCE

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

MANO RIVER BASIN COMMISSION

  • History
  • Member countries.
  • Objectives.


2

MANO RIVER BASIN COMMISSION

  • Achievements
  • Problems.


3

REVISION OF WAEC PAST QUESTIONS


4

NECO PAST QUESTIONS REVISION


5

ERC MOCK



LITERATURE

SS 3 FIRST TERM 2014/2015

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1





2








3










4






5








6












7







8







9



10




11




12




13-14

Introduction to “purple Hibiscus” by Chimamanda N. Adichie




Themes and style in the Novel








Characterization 










Characteristics






General Overview of the Novel








Introduction to “The Negro Speaks of Rivers” by Langston Hughes.











Introduction to “Strange Meeting” by Wilfred Owen.






Introduction to “Daffodils” by William WordsWorth.






Answering Questions



Answering Questions




Contextual questions




Revision work on first Term scheme




Examinations

  • Background of the Novelist
  • Background and setting of the Novel
  • Plot summary /structure


  • Identify those portions of the Novel where the themes are featured.
  • Analyse the themes and relate them to human aspirations and fulfillment.
  • Analyse the style used


  • Examine the major characteristics in the Novel
  • State their various roles and significances in the story.
  • Discuss their relationships in the text.
  • Use a family chart on a cardboard sheet to indicate relationships.


  • Examine the minor characters in the Novel
  • Analyze their roles and significances
  • Discuss their relationships


  • Compete with : give project or pair students to discuss
  • Lead discussion on how to relate with parents, children and fellow siblings in the family.




  • Background of the poet
  • Background information on the poem.
  • Subject matter and themes in the poem.
  • Language, imagery and structure of the poem
  • Relate the poem to life experiences.
  • Analyse the poem stanza by stanza.


  • Background of the poet
  • Background of the poem.
  • Subject matter, theme, language and structure of the poem.
  • Read poem and relate it to life experiences


  • Background of the poet
  • Background of the poem.
  • Subject matter, theme, language and structure of the poem.
  • Read poem and relate it to life experiences


  • Attempting WAEC questions and NECO questions on prose.


  • Attempting WAEC/NECO questions on drama and poetry
  • Use past question papers


  • Attempting WAEC/NECO questions on “The Tempest”
  • Use past question papers


  • Revision work on first term scheme



  • Conduct of examinations on work done.


LITERATURE

SS 3 SECOND TERM 2014/2015

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENTS/ACTIVITIES

1








2








3














4

General Revision








General Revision on the Prescribed

Shakespearean Text







Answering WAEC/NECO questions














MOCK/SSCE

  • Discussions on the literary Terms
  • Students to mention as many as can be recalled.
  • Teacher leads a discussion on how the literary terms are used and their relevance to life.


  • Analysis of the language of Shakespeare.
  • The themes explored in the prescribed text
  • Comprehending and attempting contextual subjective questions on Shakespeare


  • Attempting objectives or multiple choice questions in WAEC and NECO
  • Attempting theory questions in WAEC/NECO Examinations.
  • Questions that demand:

    -Discuss

    -Analyse

    -Compare and contrast

    -Explain, as well as character  analysis

      -      Use past questions and marking schemes to explain.


  • Conduct of MOCK/SSCE for the students.


LITERATURE

SS 3 FIRST TERM 2015 - 2020

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT/ACTIVITIES

1

Introduction to “the Pulley” by George Herbert

  • Background and setting of the poet and poem
  • Subject-matter, theme language and structure of the poem.
  • Read poem and relate it to life experiences.

.

2


Themes and style



  • Examine the themes and style of the poem
  • Analyze the themes and style
  • Relate the themes to personal life encounter

3

“Piano and Drums” by Gabriel Okara

  • Background and setting of the poet and poem
  • Subject-matter, theme language and structure of the poem.
  • Read poem and relate it to life experiences.


4



Themes and style


  • Examine the themes and style of the poem
  • Analyze the themes and style
  • Relate the themes to personal life encounter

5


General overview of the poems: “the Pulley” and

“Piano and Drums”


  • Discussion in groups by the students of the background and setting of the poems
  • Discussion in groups by the students on the devices and images in the poems


6

“A Raisin In The Sun” by Lorraine Hansberry”

  • Background of the Play Wright
  • Background and setting of the Play
  • Plot and Summary

.

7

Theme(s) and style

  • Examine the Theme(s) and style in the play.
  • Analyze the themes and style in the play.
  • Relate the Themes to personal life encounters
  • Analyze the style
  • Use portions of the text to point out relevant sections.

8






Character Analysis I

  • Examine the characters-major
  • Analyze the major characters – their roles and significances
  • How are the characters related?


9

Character Analysis II

  • Examine the characters – minor
  • Analyze the minor characters
  • How are the characters related?

10

Role Play “A Raisin in the Sun” by Lorraine Hansberry

  • Role play the actions of the major characters
  • Role play the actions of minor characters
  • The relationship between the characters (major and minor)
  • List of major and minor characters on a cardboard paper.

11

Revision

  • General review of the term’s work


12

Examination

  • Conduct of examinations


LITERATURE

SS 3 SECOND TERM 2015 - 2020

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT/ACTIVITIES

1

“The Proud King” by William Morris

  • Background of poet
  • Background of poem
  • Subject matter, them, language and structure of the poem.
  • Read the poem and relate it to life experiences.

2

“The Amil And The Hammer”

  • Background of poet
  • Background of poem
  • Subject matter, them, language and structure of the poem.
  • Read the poem and relate it to life experiences.

3

“Birches” by Robert Frost

  • Background of poet
  • Background of poem
  • Subject matter, them, language and structure of the poem.
  • Read the poem and relate it to life experiences.


4

“Shell/Compare Thee to a Summer’s Day (Sonnet 105) by William Shakespeare

  • Background of poem
  • Subject matter, them, language and structure of the poem.
  • Read the poem and relate it to life experiences


5

Answering questions and general revision

  • Attempting objectives or multiple choice questions in WAEC and NECO
  • Attempting theory questions in WAEC/NECO Examinations.
  • Questions that demand:

    -Discuss

    -Analyse

    -Compare and contrast

    -Explain, as well as character  analysis

      -      Use past questions and marking schemes to explain.



GEOGRAGHY

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTITIVIES

1












Earth Internal Process (Earth’s Quakes)

  • Definition of earth quakes and explanation of terms (origin, tremor, epicenter, and shock waves)
  • Causes and region of earthquakes
  • Effects of earthquakes (displacement of earth’s crust, rising and lowering of coastal rocks, rising and lowering of ocean flows, landslides and cracks, etc

Teacher :

- Use elementary films to guide discussions on (meaning, origin/focus of earthquakes, causes of earthquake, earthquake regions and their characteristics features, effects of earthquakes on earth’s environment

- Supervise and guide student to visit earthquake regions

Students:

- Watch documentary films

- Listen attentively to teachers explanation, ask questions and answer questions

- Draw and insert earthquake regions on a world map

Instructional Material :

- Documentary, Video films, world Map, Diagrams and sketches, Drawing paper, Tracing Paper, stencil.


2

Volcanicity:

  • Meaning, processes (crystal disturbances, Intrusion and extrusion, eruption and emission,etc) and regions of occurrence.
  • Characteristic features of landform in regions: Intrusive features/landforms
  • Extrusive features /landform

Teacher :

- Use documentary films to guide discussions on (volcanicity processes, volcanic regions of the world

- Intrusive features/landforms in volcanic regions, extrusive features and effect of volcanicity

- Supervise and guide the students

Students :

- Watch documentary films

- Listen attentively to teachers explanation, ask questions and answer questions

- Draw and insert volcanic regions on a world map.

Instructional Material :

- Documentary, Video films, world Map, Diagrams and sketches, Drawing paper, Tracing Paper.

3

Karst (Limestone) Topography

  • Meaning and characteristics of karst topography
  • Surface features of karst regions
  • Underground features and importance of karst topography

Teacher :

- Takes students for field experience of karst regions (where possible)

- Use simple experiments, pictures, maps and documents

- Helps and guides discussion on surface and underground water

Students :

- Go on field experience where possible

- Watch documentary films

- Listen attentively to teacher’s demonstration, explanation, ask questions and answer questions

- Draw diagrams of karst regions Instructional Material :

- Samples of limestone Documentary, Video films, pictures, Map,


4

Denudational Process

  • Meaning , types (weathering and mass movement) sequence and factors affecting denudation.
  • Weathering: Definition and factors affecting it.
  • Types of weathering, physical and mechanical weathering

Teacher :

- Uses pictures, films and models to explain the meaning of denudation.

- Takes students on field  work

- Guide class discussions on denudaional processes and factors affecting it.

- Guide and supervise students on field work.

Students :

- Watch documentary films

- Participate in class discussion and guided field work

Instructional Materials :

Films, pictures, models, diagrams and sketches. Quarry sites

5

Denudational Processes Cont.

  • Weathering : Chemical weathering
  • Mass movement or mass wasting.
  • Definition and factors affecting it
  • Types and effects of mass movement

Teacher :

- Takes students on field work to observe weathering effects

- Use pictures, films and models to explain the meaning of weathering

- Guide and supervise students

Students :

- Participate in field work

- Watch documentary films, ask and answer questions.

- Draw sketch diagrams showing effects of weathering in landforms

Instructional Materials :

Films, pictures, models, diagrams and sketches. Drawing paper.

6

Climatic Change

  • Meaning and causes(human and natural causes); human causes/green house effect, ozone layer depletions, chloro-floro carbon (CPC) gasses, carbon emission and deforestation and gas flaring
  • Natural causes: movement of continents(plate tectonics, solar output of radiation, variation in the orbit of the earth, volcanism, ocean variability, etc)
  • Consequences (effects) of climatic change. Melting of ice carps,   high rain fall, increasing temperature, submergence of coastal cities

Teacher :

- Use documentary /pictures to explain climatic changes on human environment.

- Discuss causes and consequences of changes on human environment.

- Give examples of observed consequences (Lagos and Port-Harcourt etc)

- Guide students to identify preventive measures/remedies to the problem

Student :

- Watch documentary films

- Listen to teacher, ask and answer questions

- Participate in class discussion

Instructional Materials :

- Documentary films, posters, photographs, model, government publications e.g environmental protection laws.


7

Climate change Contd.

  • Consequences (effects) of climate change; desertification, flooding, drought, eye contacts, etc
  • Solutions (Remedies) to climatic change: afforestation, re afforestation, zero carbon emission
  • Solution to climate change: population reduction, legislation etc.

8

Satellites Remote sensing

  • Definition of the concepts

’ Remote Sensing, satellite (Nigeria’s Sat 1, 1 KONOS, SPDT, RADAR, NICON, SAT 1, ERs- 1, etc) and satellite remote sensing

  • Application of satellite remote sensing; forest environment, agriculture, telecommunication, transportation, emergency responses, etc
  • Relationship between GIS and remote sensing.

Teacher :

- Explains the following with examples- Remote sensing, satellite e.g Nigeria Sat1, IKONOS, SPOT, Radar, NICOM SAT 1, ERs -1, etc. satellite remote sensing

- Takes students on field work

- Supervising students on field work

- Guide discussion on application of remote sensing and the relationship between GIS

Students :

- Go on field work

- Listen to the teacher, ask and answer questions

- Participate in class discussions

- Write reports

Instructional Materials:

Slides, satellite images, multimedia CD on satellite, posters etc.


9

Geographic Information system (GIS)

  • Areas of use: defence and agriculture
  • Area of use: Urban development and mapping
  • Area of use: surveying, transportation and census

Teacher :

- Explain the applications of GIS in various activities like agriculture, defence, mapping, urban development, etc.

- Initiates and guides class discussion on problems militating against implementation in Nigeria

Students  :

- Listen to the teacher, ask questions and answer questions

- Participate in class discussion

Instructional Materials:

Slides, satellite images, multimedia CD on GIS published materials.

10

Problems with GIS Implementation in Nigeria

- Power problem

- Personal problem

- Capital (cost of software and hardware)

11

Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS)

  • Meaning, member countries and purpose/mandate of ECOWAS
  • Achievements/advantages of ECOWAS
  • Problems of ECOWAS and their solutions.

Teacher :

- Explain the meaning of ECOWAS

- Gives students assignment on the internet to obtain information on ECOWAS member states purpose and mandate, merits and problems of ECOWAS

- Guide class discussion and supervise students visit to internet cafe

Students :

- visit internet café, write reports of their findings

- Participate in class discussion.

- Draw a map of West Africa and insert the countries on the map

Instructional Materials:

Slides, diagrams and sketches, internet, documentaries, drawing paper tracing.

12

Revision

Revision

13

Examination

Examination

14

Examination

Examination







GEOGRAGHY

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTITIVIES

1












Trade :

  • Definition and types of trade (national and International)
  • Reasons for trade
  • Importance of trade (social, political and economics.


Teacher :

- Takes students to visit places where trading of different types take place

- Uses documentaries , illustrations, pictures and photographs

- Guide class discussions

Students :

- Watch films on world trade centres

- Listen to teacher ask and answer questions

- Participate in class discussions

Instructional Materials :

- Documentary films, markets, banks, maps etc.

2

Tourism (World)

  • Meaning of tourism /tourist centers
  • Justification for tourism(leisure, recreation and education) and importance of tourism.
  • Problems of tourism and their solutions.

Teacher :

- Takes students to visit recreational facilities in the locality.

- Uses documentaries , illustrations, pictures and photographs to explain

- Helps students to locate world tourist centres

- Guide class discussions

Students :

- Visit recreational centres, watch films, listen to teachers, ask and answer questions.

- Participate in class discussions, locate tourist centres on maps.

Instructional Materials :

- Documentary films, diagrams pictures, maps etc.

3

Agriculture in Nigeria:

  • Cattle rearing in Nigeria: Areas of cattle rearing, consumption areas, factors that favour cattle rearing, importance and problems.
  • Fishing : Meaning, fishing areas, methods of fishing and types of fishes caught.
  • Importance of fishing, problems of fishing in Nigeria and their solutions

Teacher :

- Takes students on field work to observe Fulani cattle rearers where possible.

- Uses maps, pictures, documentaries, films and slide to guide class discussion.

- Guide and supervise students as they draw the map of Nigeria

- Asses students field work reports.

Students :

-Participate in outdoor activities

- Make reports/record of observations

- Identify and classify various items

- Participate in class discussions

- Draw maps of Nigeria and insert the major area of production

Resources; maps, illustrative diagrams and sketches, pictures and slides, documentaries etc.

4-13

Revision and Examinations



GOVERNMENT

SS 3 FIRSTTERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

FEDERALISM

  • Emergence of federalism in Nigeria
  • Factors that necessitated the formation of federalism
  • Conferences organised by the colonial powers
  • Teacher leads discussion on adoption of federalism in Nigeria.
  • Discusses the major constitutional conferences
  • Students take notes. .


2

NATURE AND STRUCTURE OF NIGERIAN FEDERALISM

  • Federalism before independence from 1914 to 1959
  • 1960 – 1966
  • 1967 – 1975
  • 1976 – to date
  • Teacher leads discussion on the political structure and division of powers in Nigeria federalism
  • Leads debate on the advantages and disadvantages of federalism
  • Leads identification of the characteristics of Nigerian federalism

3

PROBLEMS OF NIGERIAN FEDERALISM

  • Revenue allocation formula in Nigeria
  • Need for revenue allocation in a federal state.
  • Conflict over each adopted revenue allocation formula.
  • Lead students to recognise revenue allocation as a major problem of Nigeria federalism.
  • Lead discussion on the controversy over any adopted formula.
  • Derivation
  • Population
  • National interest etc

4

MINORITY ISSUE AND THE CREATION  OF STATES

  • The major and minor ethnic groups in Nigeria
  • Reasons for the demand of more states
  • Complexity and endless nature of the state creation
  • Recommendation of willink’s commission
  • Solution to minority problems in Nigeria. 
  • Teacher leads discussion on minority issues
  • Leads by students on the advantages of creating more states in Nigeria.
  • Students will debate on the solutions to minority issues


5

INTER-ETHNIC RIVALRY AND ISSUE OF STATE CREATION

  • The nature of ethnic conflicts and rivalry in Nigeria.
  • Problems of secession in Nigeria.
  • Measures to avoid secession in Nigeria.
  • Teacher leads discussion regionalism and ethnic conflicts in Nigeria. 
  • Explains the factors underlying the attempts by eastern Nigeria to secede.  

6

DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL PARTIES IN NIGERIA.

  • National democratic party (NNDP)
  • Nigerian youth movement (NYM)
  • National council of Nigeria and Cameroun citizens (NCNC)
  • Teacher leads discussion on:
  • Origin of the political parties.
  • Organisational structure
  • Sources o finance
  • Aims/objectives
  • Performance
  • Common features among the political parties.

7

DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL PARTIES IN NIGERIA (Cont.).

  • Action group (AG)
  • Northern people’s congress (NPC)
  • Northern elements progressive Union (NEPU)
  • Teacher leads discussion on the formation, structure, sources of revenue, performance, objective of the parties.
  • Explains the reasons for rivalries among the parties.


8

DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL PARTIES IN NIGERIA (Cont.).

  • National Party of Nigeria (NPN)
  • Unity Party of Nigeria. (UPN)
  • Nigerian People’s Party (NPP)
  • Teacher leads students on the discussion of emergence/formation, structure, sources of finance, objectives and achievements of the parties. 
  • The class discuss the crisis in the NPP. Students will take notes.

9

DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL PARTIES IN NIGERIA (Cont.).

  • Great Nigerian people’s party (GNPP)
  • People’s Redemption party (PRP)
  • Nigerian Advance Party (NAP)
  • Teacher leads discussion on origin, structure, source of finance, objectives of the parties.
  • Teacher explains the electoral performance of the parties.
  • Students will take notes

10

DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL PARTIES IN NIGERIA (Cont.).

  • Social Democratic Party (SDP)
  • National republican Convention (NRC)
  • Teacher leads discussion on origin, structure, source of finance, objectives and performance of SDP and NRC
  • Teacher explains the reasons government form the political parties.

11

DEVELOPMENT OF POLITICAL PARTIES IN NIGERIA (Cont.).

  • People’s Democratic Party (PDP)
  • All Nigerian Peoples’ Party (ANPP)
  • Alliance for Democracy (AD)
  • Action Congress (AC) and small political parties.
  • Teacher leads discussion on origin, structure, source of finance, objectives and electoral performance.
  • Students will debate on the performance of the ruling party
  • Teacher explains the relationship between the political parties.


12

MAJOR POLITICAL CRISIS IN NIGERIA

  • Kano riot 1953
  • Eastern region constitution 1953
  • Census crisis 1962/63
  • Action group Crisis
  • Nigerian Civil War 1967 – 1970
  • Teacher leads discussion on main courses of political crisis, examine the consequences, the political implication and suggest ways of preventing political crisis.
  • Teacher leads discussion on immediate and remote causes of civil war, consequences and how to stop civil war.


13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


GOVERNMENT

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ELECTORAL CRISIS IN NIGERIA

  • Federal election 1964
  • Western Nigerian election 1965
  • General election 1979
  • Executive vs legislative  crisis in Kaduna
  • General election 1983
  • General election 1993


  • Teacher leads discussion on major causes of electoral crisis in Nigeria, examine consequences, political implication and suggest ways of preventing electoral crisis in Nigeria. 
  • Shows films on electoral crisis in Nigeria.


2

MILITARY RULE IN NIGERIA

  • 1966 – 1975
  • 1975  - 1979
  • 1983 – 1985
  • 1985 – 1993
  • 1993 – 1999
  • Teacher explains the features, causes, consequences and structures of military rule in Nigeria.
  • Evaluates justifications for military intervention
  • Students take note.


3

CONFLICT RESOLUTION AND MANAGEMENT

  • Definition and meaning of conflict
  • Types of conflicts
  • Causes of conflicts
  • Conflicts resolution

Peace Evaluation

  • Meaning of peace
  • Mechanism for promoting peace. 
  • Teacher leads discussion on conflict and conflict management. 
  • Organises debate on conflict resolution
  • Teacher leads students on discussing peace education
  • Students take notes


4

INTER-DEPENDENCE OF NATION AND GLOBALIZATION

  • Community of nations
  • Purpose for interaction
  • Nigeria’s interaction – economic, political and socio-cultural
  • Teacher leads discussion on inter-dependence of nations.
  • Students debate on the merits and demerits of international interactions
  • Students take notes



5-13

Revision

Revision


CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS STUDIES

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1.

The Baptism of Jesus Christ

  • Meaning and purpose of baptism.
  • Purpose of Jesus’ baptism.
  • Synoptic account of the baptism of Jesus. Matt. 3:13-17, Mk. 1:9-11, Luke 3:21-22.
  • Significance of the baptism of Jesus Christ.
  • Guide the students to clarify the meaning and purpose of baptism.
  • Explain the purpose of Jesus’ baptism since Jesus had no sin.
  • Meaning and types of baptism though they have the same purpose.
  • Pictorial chart showing Jesus’ baptism by John the Baptist.

2.

Temptation of Jesus

  • Synoptic account of the temptation of Jesus. Matt. 4:1-11, Mk. 1:12-13, Lk. 4:1-13.
  • Significance of each of the three temptations.
  • Temptations in the world today.
  • Ways of overcoming temptation to sin today – prayer, self control, etc.
  • Means Jesus used to overcome three temptations – by using words of God.
  • Compare and contrast the different accounts of the temptation of Jesus Christ in the synoptic.
  • Suggest ways of overcoming temptations in the world today.
  • Picture of Jesus being tempted by Satan.

3.

Call to Discipleship

  • Importance of call of disciples to Jesus’ ministry. Matt. 28:19-20, Mk. 16:15-19, Lk. 5:10.
  • Attitude of Christians today to God’s call.
  • Call of the disciples and their responses. Matt. 4:18-25, 9:9-13, 10-14, Mk. 1:16-20, 2:13-17, Lk. 5:1-11.
  • Factors that militate against discipleship. Matt. 8:18-22, Lk. 9:51-63, 14:25-33.
  • Guide the students to read the reference passages.
  • Discuss what their reactions should be if God calls them.
  • Lead them to discuss the different responses some gave to Jesus and how Jesus reacted to them. E.g. “Lord let me first go and bid my people bye”, Lord let me first go and bury my father”.

4.

Mission of the Twelve and the Seventy

  • Mission of the Twelve. Matt. 10:1-15, Mk. 6:7-13, Lk. 9:1-16.
  • Achievement of the Twelve Disciples.
  • Mission of the Seventy. Lk. 10:1-20.
  • Achievement of the Seventy Disciples.
  • Differences in the Synoptic Accounts of The Mission of the Twelve: Mathew had The Jewish audience in mind. Luke had a more universal outlook.
  • Differences and similarities in the mission of the twelve and seventy disciples.
  • Significance of each mission.
  • Guide the students to read the gospel passages.
  • Note the instructions Jesus gave to each group.
  • Discuss the report of the group.
  • Outline the differences in the synoptic accounts concerning the instructions given to the disciples.
  • Lead the students to discuss the similarities and differences between the mission of the twelve and the seventy.

5.

Trial of Jesus Christ and His Death.

  • Jesus before the high priest. Math. 26:36-75, Mk. 14:53-75, Lk. 22:66-71.
  • Jesus before pirate. Math. 27:11-31, Mk. 23:1-25, Lk. 23:1-5.
  • Jesus before Herod. Lk. 23:6-12.
  • The crucifixion and burial of Jesus.
  • The significance of Jesus’ death on the cross for the salvation of human beings.
  • Guide the students to read the reference passages.
  • Guide the students to watch the video clip on the trials and temptations of Jesus Christ.
  • Pause at intervals to explain the topic and salient points.

6.

The Resurrection of Jesus Christ.

  • The accounts of the resurrection of Jesus. Math. 28:1-8, Mk. 16:1-8, Lk. 24:1-11.
  • Women activities in the story of resurrection.
  • Compare and contrast the three accounts of resurrection in the synoptic.
  • Importance of the resurrection of Jesus to Christian faith
  • Discuss the activities of women in the resurrection.
  • Compare and contrast the synoptic accounts of resurrection.
  • Explain the importance of resurrection.
  • Pictorial charts showing the empty tomb, the women at the tomb, the angels watch the tomb, etc.

7.

Communal Living in the Early Church.

  • Election of the successor of Judas Iscariot. Acts 1:15-26.
  • Characteristics of the early Christian community. Acts 2:41-47, 4:  32-37.
  • Problems of the early Christian community. Acts 5:1-11, 6:1.
  • Solutions to the problems of the early church community.
  • Explain the differences between the Hellenistic and native Hebrew/Jews.
  • Guide the students to read the reference passages.
  • Lead the students to relate the problems of early Christians to the problems of discrimination in our contemporary world.


8.

Holy Spirit and the Mission to the Gentiles.

  • The promise of the Holy Spirit. Jn. 14:15-31.
  • The coming of the Holy Spirit. Acts 2:1-13.
  • Peter’s speech. Acts 2:14-41.
  • Lead the students to read Acts 2:1-13.
  • Note the vital points in Peter’s speech.

9.

Mission to the Gentiles and Opposition to the Gospel Message.

  • Saul’s conversion. Acts 9:1-19.
  • Damascus and Jerusalem. Acts 9:20-30.
  • Peter’s ministry in Lydda and Joppa. Acts 10:44-48, 11:1-18.
  • Arrest and imprisonment of the Apostles. Acts 4:1-31, 5:17-42.
  • Opposition against Stephen. Acts 6:8, 7:10.
  • Saul’s opposition to the gospel. Acts 12:1-24.
  • Discuss the conversion of Saul.
  • Identify the key points in Peter’s mission to Lydda and Joppa.
  • Outline the charges against Stephen.
  • Discuss Saul’s and Herod’s opposition to the early church.

10.

Paul’s Missionary Journey.

  • Paul and Barnabas are called by the Holy Spirit. Their missionary journey activities in the first missionary journey. Acts 13.
  • Paul’s activities at Macedonia in second missionary journey. Acts 15:40-41, 16:1-9, Acts 16:10-40.
  • Lead the students to discuss the biblical references with aid of map.
  • Note the important events that took place at any place they visited.

11.

Revision



12-13

Examination




CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS STUDIES

SS3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1.

The need for order in the society.

  • Submission to those in legitimate authority.
  • People in authority to serve with the fear of God. Rom. 13:1-7. Discuss the meaning of “civic responsibilities”, “constitution”, “charter” and human right.
  • The constitution of Nigeria.
  • The African charter on human and people’s rights.
  • Guide the students to discuss the meaning of “civic responsibilities”, “constitution”, “charter” and “human rights".

2.

Civic Responsibilities

  • The U.N. declaration on human rights – Good citizenship.
  • Peter’s message on the duties of a good citizen. 1Pet. 2:13-17.
  • Definition of HIV/AIDs.
  • Different ways of contracting HIV/AIDs and the symptoms.
  • Prevention of HIV/AIDs.
  • People were sick and Jesus care for them and healed them. Jn 4:46-54, Jn. 5:1-8, Jn. 9:1-7.
  • List the characteristics of a good citizen and guide the students to enumerate ways of maintaining law and order.
  • Lead students to define HIV/AIDs.
  • Guide students to identify ways of contracting HIV/AIDs and the symptoms and lead the students to describe how HIV/AIDs can be prevented.
  • Pictures of those infected by HIV/AIDs in a hospital with people sitting beside.
  • Guide students to narrate the love and compassion of Jesus to the sick using biblical passage.

3.

Dignity of Labour

  • The obligation to work.
  • Enumerate different types of labour. Thess. 3:6-15, 2:9, Col. 3:23-25, Eph. 6:5-8, Titus 3:1.
  • Jesus the carpenter’s son. Math. 13:55, Mk. 6:3.
  • The Apostles as fishermen. Jn. 21:1-8.
  • Discussion on the concepts of skill acquisition “empowerment and creativity”.
  • Guide the students to enumerate different types of labour and lead students to study the biblical passages.
  • Video films of people at their different work places.
  • Guide students to list things they can do with their hands, pictures of farmers, fishermen, etc.
  • Lead discussions on the concepts of “skill acquisition and empowerment and creativity”.

4.

Revision/Mock Examinations.




ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS STUDIES
SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT

ACTIVITES/TEACHING AIDS

1

The Glorious Quran.

  • Suratul Nasr
  • Suratul Lahab
  • Suratul Ikhlas.
  • Suratul Falaq.
  • Suratul Nas.

Revision of the chapter as they appear on content the table.


2

Al-Hadith.

Al-hadith Nos 23, 25 & 26 of Al-Nawawi and lessons learnt.

Revision of work on the hadith as they appear on the content table.

3

Islamic History.

The contributions made by some selected Muslim philosophers/ Educationists in world civilization.

(i).Jabir Ibn Hayyah (721-1815 ce).

(ii).Muhammad Ibn Ar-Razi (805-925 ce).

(iii).Ibn Seria (980-1037 ce).

(iv).Muhammad bn Muhammad Al-Ghazali (1058-1111 ce).

Revision of work done on the selected philosophers/ Educationists on the development of world civilization.

4

Fiqhu

An-Nikah: Definitions, Importance, Purpose, rules & regulations governing its validity, rights, and duties of both husband and wife.

Explain what NIKAH is all about and what it entails.

5

Al-Hadith

Al-hadith 32 & 34 of al-Nawawi and lessons learnt.

Reading, meaning and explanation of the two hadith.

6

Tahdhib

Moral Education:

  • Kindness to parents.
  • Honesty in words & deeds.
  • Dignity of labour.

Explain to the students what is meant, by kindness in general and to parents in particular. Honesty as a concept & in words & deeds as well as concrete examples as it connects dignity of labour in different types of work.

7

Fiqhu

The status of women in most society.

i) Polygamy, rules that govern it.

Narrate the status of women in different societies and compare it with that of Islam. Bring out the wisdom behind polygamous marriage in Islam.



8

Fiqhu

Divorce:

  • Definition, attitude, kinds.   
  • Iddah. Types & variations. 
  • Custody of children after divorce.


Explain the meaning of divorce and state the procedure for divorce as well as its kinds. So also explain what Iddah is in general and its types & conditions for it list in order of priority the people to take care of children after divorce.

9

Al-Hadith

Modesty in dressing and behaviour, perseverance.

Allah’s consciousness in thought, words & deeds.

Explain dressing for both male & female, state the requirements for both in terms of dressing (Islamic) and behaviours.

Explain and give examples of act of perseverance, so also Allah’s consciousness with practical examples .eg trustfulness, piety, good deeds, cleanliness, avoidance of sins.

10

Fiqhu

Trust, Leadership, Followership and Justice.

Explain the concept of trust in general and Islamic in particular, so also define leadership as well as the implication of lack of good leadership and followership so also the roles justice plays in human existence.

11

Fiqhu

i) Unity & Brotherhood.

ii) Religious tolerance and peaceful co-existence.

Explain with practical examples the importance of unity as well as lack of it.

on brotherhood. Quate                     hadith or Qur’anic verse to show importance. Explain that Islamic religion regards human beings with utmost respect. So tolerance for one another is condoned.

12-13

Revision and Examination.

Revision and Examination.

Revision and Examination.


ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS STUDIES
SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT

ACTIVITES/TEACHING AIDS

1

Fiqh/ Tahdhib

  • Personal hygiene and environmental sanitation.
  • Smoking  cigarette
  • Prohibition of bribery, corruption and stealing.


Let the students take care of their personal hygiene e.g. cleanliness of the body,(especially head) and the whole environment.

Show the danger of bribery and corruption in the society so also the end result of cigarette smoking.

2

Al-Hadith.

Al-hadith 38 & 41 and lessons from them.

Reading translation and explanation of the Alhadith as they appear in the content table.

3&4

Islamic History.

Project Work On:

  • Ibn Khaldun
  • Ibn Rushd
  • Ibn Sina
  • Ar-Razi  
  • Jabir Bn Hayyan
  • Uthman Dan Fodio
  • Al-Ghazali.

Let students read and explain their project works.

Asking relevant important questions from the project by both the teachers and the students.

The teacher to point out possible corrections.

5

Fiqhu

Inheritance:

  • Definition
  • General principle of inheritance with relevant Qur’anic version.

Explain and write formula for inheritance with examples on the black board for students. Ask relevant questions and answers.

6

Fiqhu

Inheritance:

Implications underlining the principles of inheritance in Islam.

Explain the pre-requisites, before sharing the inheritance and the possible changes in the position of the heirs.

7

Tahdhib

Prohibition of gambling, intoxication and drug abuse.

With examples on the implication of dealing with drugs and intoxicants point out the bad effect of gambling and general intoxicants.

8

Tahdhib

Arrogance, extravagance,

Miserliness.

Explain and point out to the students the consequences of being arrogant and stingy.

9 &10

Revision and Examination

Revision and Examination.

Revision and Examination.


                          HISTORY

                   SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

CONTENT/TOPIC

ACTIVITIES

1

ISLAMIC MOVEMENT AND ESTABLISHMENT OF ISLAMIC STATES IN WEST AFRICA ;

I; Islam in Hausa land and of jihad reasons ;socio – political and religious

II; Sokoto jihad and Gobir under Sarki Bawa and Yunfa.

III; Usman Dan Fodio; His background education and work in Gobir.

IV; Dan Fodio’s jihad, hijra, organization and causes of jihad.

V; The impact of the jihad and the spread of Islam in Hausa land.

VI; The inauguration of the Sokoto caliphate.

I; Leads discussion on Hausa land and the jihad of Usman Dan Fodio of 1804�5

II; Organizes a debatedrama on the jihad of Usman Dan Fodio and effects of Islam in Hausa land and other parts of west Africa.

III; Visits museum archives in Hausa land/ kingdoms.

2

THE JIHAD OF SEKU AHMADU ;

I; Masina before the emergence of Seku Ahmadu politics, economy and religion.

II; Seku Ahmadu inspired by Usman Dan Fodio his teaching and jihad.

III; The establishment of a theocratic state of masinas.

 IV; The effects of the jihad on the peoples of masina and their neighbours

I ; Illustrates how Usman Dan Fodio  inspired Seku  Ahmadu and the rise of Seku Ahmadu, His preaching Jihad and the  impact on Jihad on  the masina people and their neighbours.

II; Organizes a debate /drama on the impact of Seku Ahmadu Jihad in masina.

3

THE JIHAD  OF ALHAJI UMAR;

I; The Tukuler people before the emergences Alhaji Umar and Tijjaniyya brotherhood doctrine inspired by Usman Dan Fodio jihad.

II; Alhaji Umar’s military campaign and the emergence of Tukuler empire and its organization.

III; The effect of the jihad and the initiation of people in to the Tijjaniyya brotherhood.

IV; The French invasion and the collapse of the empire.    

I; Guide the students to identify and   discuss Alhaji Umar and the Tukuler empire.

 II; Organize debate and drama on the effect and impact of Alhaji Umar jihad on Tukuler people and their neighbours.

4

THE  ACTIVITIES OF SAMORI-TOURE

I; samori-toure’s religious economic and political activities.

II; The establishment of the mandinka empire.

III; His conflict with the French and the fall of Mandinka empire.

I ; Leads discussion on the rise of religions, political and economic activities of the sameri - toure

II; Organize a debates/drama on the establishment and organization, conflicts and fall of Mandinka empire.

5

THE MUSLIM STATE IN THE FACE OF EUROPEAN COLONIZATION

I; Muslim states in West Africa and early contact with European explorers, and traders

II; changing pattern of relationship trade and treaties conquest and occupations.

 II; Reactions to Muslim leaders and people.

IV; Consequences of European imperialism, collapse of Muslim states and the beginning of colonialism and infiltration of western culture.

I; Organizes excursion to some Muslim states of Kano, Zaria, Sokoto, Borno, Katsina etc.

II; list major European powers e.g. Britain, France, Germany etc.

III; Leads discussion on the political traditional rulers and people in Muslim states.

IV; Organize drama on the Muslim leaders, people and Europeans.

6

 CHRISTIAN MISSIONARY ACTIVITIES IN WEST AFRICA;

I; The role of evangelical movement in the suppression of slave trade.

II; The foundation of Sierra Leone and Liberia.

III; Missionary activities in Sierra Leone and other West African states in charge of French West African states.

IV; The impact of Christian missionary activities in west Africa on education, socio-political, economic, health, humanitarian and colonization of west Africa.

Leads the discussion on the abolition of slave trade in west Africa. Humanitarian education, health etc activities.

; Organizes a drama on missionary, political economic, social, religious, health activities in West Africa.

7

EMPIRES IN  WESTERN SUDAN;

i. The geography and the growth of empires in Western Sudan.

ii. The rise of Ghana, Mali, Songhai empires and the nature of their governments.

iii. The achievement of Mansa Musa and Askia the great.

iv. Internal problems, decline and fall of Western Sudan Empires.

 I; Leads the discussion and identify the western Sudan empires on the map of Africa.

II; Organizes a drama  on the factors that led to rise, growth, decline fall  and achievements of Mansa Musa and Askia the Great of Western Sudan empires.

8

THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION, NEW IMPERIALISM, BERLIN CONFERENCE AND SCRAMBLE FOR AND PARTITION OF AFRICA BY EUROPEAN POWERS;

I; The impact of industrial revolution large scale production of goods, accumulation of capitals and drift from rural to urban centers.

II; The new imperialism economic exploitation.

III; The Berlin conference and European competition for colonies in Africa (Britain, France, Germany, etc) Rivalry over Congo and Bismack’s attempt to resolve the question of colonial rivalry in Africa.

IV; The agreement at the Berlin conference and its effects on Africa, effective occupation, freedom of trade and navigation, free access into the hinterland and partition.

V; Features and nature of the partition of the establishment of artificial boundaries.

I; Leads discussion on the impact of industrial  revolution, reasons for Berlin conference and the reasons for British occupation of Nigeria

II; Organizes a debatedrama on the scramble and partition of Africa by Britain, France, Belgium, Germany etc.

9

COLONIAL SUBJUGATION, OCCUPATION AND AFRICAN REACTION;

I; Methods and features of the of subjugation of military conquest in Algeria, Egypt Ashanti, and Treaties and peaceful occupation of Tunisia, Nigeria etc.

II; African reaction, peaceful and military confrontation.

III; British indirect rule of Uganda and Nigeria.

IV; French assimilation policy in Senegal, Portuguese assimilation policy of Angola, German paternalism policy in Tanzania, Belgian paternalism policy in Congo.

VI; Comparison of various colonial rule in Africa.

I; Leads discussion on the objective of imperial powers in Africa.

II; Organizes debate on colonial subjugation and gun boat diplomacy.

III; Examines African reactions to colonial subjugation.

IV; Defines the concepts; indirect rule, Assimilation and paternalism policies in Africa.

V; Leads the discussion on the features, similarities, differences and the effects of colonial rule and it “pattern” Africa. 

10

CONSOLIDATION OF EUROPEAN CULTURE IN AFRICA, AND COLONIAL ECONOMY AND THE UNDER DEVELOPMENT OF AFRICA.

I; The establishment of western education, emergence of Africa elites and the adoption of European languages as lingua – franca in the colonies.

II; Promotion of European culture, architecture and transportation system among Africans (mode of dress, eating/food habits and social  habits.)

III; The nature of the colonial economy i.e.  production of raw materials, cash crops, banking, marketing etc.

IV; The effects of European economy i.e. subordination of African traders to European trading firms and the emergence of urban centres.

I; Leads discussion on western education and consolidation of European culture in Africa.

II; Guides the students on how African economy was   replaced by European economy.

III; Organizes a dramadebate on the negative and positive effects of European culture and the economy.


11

COLONIAL AFRICA AND THE TWO WORLD WARS, POLICIES AND AFRICAN DISCONTENT;

I; The causes of the first & second world wars and the re-division of colonial Africa.

II; African soldiers’ participation in the world war besides being soldiers of their colonial masters.

III; The impact of the world wars on political and social economy development of Africa

IV; The colonial political policy e.g. exclusion of Africa education elites from government and establishment of privileges for Europeans.

V; The economic policy e.g. exploitation of African resources both material and, human forced labour and taxation.

VI; Social policy establishment of government reserved areas, racism, discrimination and pervasion of Africa culture.

I; Leads discussion on the cases of  the two world wars and their  consequences on Africa, reasons for colonization and its discriminatory policies 

II; Organizes debatesdrama on the world wars, colonialism and emergence of U.S.A and U.S.I.R as world powers.

III; Visits G.R.As where colonial buildings are located on the hills.

12

FORMATION OF POLITICAL PARTIES, EXTERNAL INFLUENCE ON NATIONALIST MOVEMENT AND THE PATTERNS OF NATIONALIST MOVEMENT AND REGAINING OF INDEPENDENCE;

I; Formation of political parties and associations, objectives, and strategies employed to fight colonial rule in Africa

II; The effects of these organizations on decolonization process and attainment of independence

III; Negro world and the pan African movement. NEB  Dubris, Marcus, Garvey etc

Concept of self determination.

IV; The Atlantic charter by President Rosevelt of U.S.A and prime minster Churchill of Britain and the Indian independence.

V; Armed confrontation by  nationalist movement e.g. Kenya, Angola, and Zimbabwe

VI; Adoption of peaceful negotiations e.g. Ghana, Uganda, Nigeria, and Guinea.

VII; The effects of the two movements on the granting of independence to African countries.

I; Guides the student on the effects of the parties , associations as arms NNDP, NCNC, GGLC, CPP, RDA, WASU  for self determination struggle for independences.

II; Organize a drama debate on the effects of the external influences and Indian independences on nationalist movement in Africa that examines the needs to attainment of independence by African countries. 

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination






                                      HISTORY

                               SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

               ACTIVITIES

1A

PRELUDE TO  APARTHEID LEGISLATION AND SUPPRESSION OF AFRICAN NATIONALIST MOVEMENT

I; Economic developments in south Africa from 1870s discovery of mineral resources.

II; British in South Africa and boer intransigence and the courses of boer war.

II; Britain public opinion on the war and the  decline of the  liberal spirit in south Africa, the Union  of 1910 and the exclusion of non – white population from government

IV; Legislation on marriage, landownership, education, forced labour and representation in parliament.

VI; The anti –communist suppression act and the trial and imprisonment of ANC leaders.

VII; Police brutality , spy network  and the presentation of  African resistance.

I; Leads discussion on the economic development land and political power struggle between the boer and Africans and the British intervention in south Africa.

II; Organizes a debatedrama on central instrument of law and Africans’ reaction, their arrest detention and suppression in South Africa by the white minority.


B

EXTERNAL REACTION TO APARTHEID, OAU AND THE APARTHEID IN SOUTH AFRICA

I; Those who oppose; common wealth   association and explosion of South Africa, Olympic committee, and ban of South Africa from the games, U.N.O, U.S.S.R.

II; Those who support the

Britain and apartheid, New Zealand and supporting links with south Africa, UNO members and implementation of sanctions.

III; The OAU charter, African reaction to apartheid and work of frontline states.

IV; OAU and liberation movement in southern Africa, resolution of OAU on the multi national trading with south Africa.

I; Leads discussion on  common Britain link with south Africa and the  reaction of world public opinion to south Africa withdrawal from common wealth and the ban from Olympic games.

II; Organizes a debatedrama on the evils of racism and apartheid, liquidation of colonization, racism in other African countries  to access the military strength of south African  countries and Africa’s armed resistance.

C

NEO – COLONIALISM POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT AND ECONOMIC UNDER DEVELOPMENT

I; The definition and features of neo –colonialism e.g. political instability, constitutional crisis.

II; The effect of neo –colonialism on Africa political development e.g. adoption of foreign political systems of government  foreign backing for stay –put of political leaders and the continuing imperialism e.g. the effect of the struggle  between the super power on Africa and the Chad crisis.

III; The meaning of under  development , nature and the effects of under  development on Africa economy e.g The single crop economy  on states  where  it exists, foreign debts, drought and famine in Africa.

 I; Leads discussion on the definition of neo –colonialism and under development, features of neo colonialism e.g. pressures and influence on political leaders by foreign powers.

II; Organizes a debatedrama on the effects of neo colonialism on political development on constitution making, electoral malpractice, violence, police brutality, emergence of stay-put politicians and economic under development and drought and famine in Africa.

D

 UNEQUAL DEVELOPMENT WITHIN STATES AND INSTABILITY, MILITARY IN AFRICAN POLITICS, BOUNDARY DISPUTE AND THE THREAT TOP OF AFRICAN UNITY;

I; Aspects of unequal development among African  states e.g. colonial legacy and ethnicity as  factors for unequal distribution of social services , access to political power and infrastructural development in Africa

II; The effects of unequal development between states e.g. on the working of OAU , ECOWAS etc.

III; Reason for military intervention in Africa politics.

IV; Problems and effects of military intervention in African politics e.g. the impact on political culture unwillingness of the army to relinguish power.

VI; Reasons for boundary dispute in Africa e.g. colonial artificial division during  the scramble of Nigeria and Cameroons, Ethiopia and Somalia etc, and  the effects of such disputes on African unity of Inter- State conflicts.

I; Leads discussion on unequal development and reasons for military intervention into Africa politics.

III; Organizes a debatedrama on unequal development reasons and effects, problems of military intervention into African politics.

III; And the boundary disputes in Africa.


2A

THE COMMON WEALTH, OAU (AU) ECOWAS AND OPEC

I; The formation of and membership common wealth, OAU/AU ECOWAS   and OPEC, aims and objectives and their organizational structure.

II; Nigeria’s role in these organizations.

III; Achievements,  failures and the role of ECOWAS

Leads discussion on why peoples join clubs and societies relate it to Nigeria reason of joining international and regional organization of common wealth OAU/AU, ECOWAS and OPEC.

II; Organizes debate/drama on the aims objectives, achievements and failure of these organizations.

B

AFRICANS IN DIASPORA IN WORLD  ISSUES

I; Definition of Africans in Diaspora and contact with other outside world before the 19th century.

II; The Atlantic slave trade and the shipment of Africans to the new world.

III; The contribution of Africans, Europe, Asia, and the Americas.E.g. in Diaspora to development of their host countries.

I; Leads discussion on the definition of Africans in Diaspora and her contact with outside world.

II; Organize a debate/drama on how Africans were moved to other parts of the world and their contribution to the development of Asia, Europe and America.

C

RACISM AND THE AFRICANS

I; The meaning of racism and the origin of racist ideas.

II; Racism in the U.S.A, Europe and Asia.

III; Apartheid and racial segregation in South Africa  up to 1990 and the African responses  to racism

I; Leads discussion on the definition  and origin of racism and racial discrimination in Europe , Asia  and the  U.S.A

II; Organize a debate /drama on how apartheid  was stopped in south Africa and effect of racism  in sport and politics in the world

D

HISTORY OF DEVELOPED SOCIETIES

I; The Renaissance period in Europe.

II; The industrial Revolution.

III; The French revolution and the nationalism.

IV; The Asian Tigers and Rapid economic transformation.

V; Lessons Nigeria can learn from the above.

I; Guides the discussion on the definition  and impact of the renaissance

II; Discuss  the origin and impact of the industrial revolution

III; Organizes a debate /drama on how the Asian Tiger revolutionalized their economics and how Nigeria can benefit from the above experiences.  

3

DEBT RELIEF AND INTERNAL AIDS

I; Meaning of debt relief and international Aids.

II; Poverty and Africa indebtedness.

III; Debts emanating from corrupt leadership.

IV; Need for debt relief cancellation.

V; Aspects of International Aids and continuation of poverty in Africa.

I; Leads discussion on the meaning of international Aids and debt relief, poverty and Africa indebtedness.

II; Organize a debate on corrupt leadership and Africa indebtedness and the need for debt relief.

III; Indicate aspect of international Aids and explains Aids and continued poverty in Africa.

B

PEACEMAKING  AND SOGO POLITICAL INTEREST OF THE  DEVELOPED SOCIETIES

I; The definition, aims objectives of peacekeeping and examples of international and regional peacekeeping initiatives.

III; Peacekeeping and the  socio political interest of the developed societies

IV; Nigeria’s role in peacekeeping programmes.

I; Leads discussion on the definition, aims, objectives of peacekeeping and give examples of international and regional peacekeeping institutes.

II; Organizes a debate/drama on peacemaking and socio political interest of the developed societies and the Nigeria’s role in peace keeping programmes.

C

ARMAMENTS, NUCLEAR SCIENCE AND WORLD PEACE

I; The origin and causes of cold war, the break of world war 11 and the potency of the atomic bomb.

II; Armaments, acquisition of arms and arms trade

III; Nuclear science and the proliferation of arms

IV The strategic arms limitation treaty (SALT).

I; Leads discussion on the causes of cold war and the break of world war.

II; Explain the meaning of armaments, acquisition of arms and arms trade.

III; Access the evolution of SALT.

IV; Organizes a debate/drama on how armaments, Nuclear science and Arms trade can affect world peace.

D

MILLENNIUM DEVELOPMENT GOALS (MDGS AND  NEEDS)

I; The definition of  MDGs and NEEDs

II; Aims and objectives of the MDGs and the seven –point Agenda of the MDGs.

III; Aims and objectives of NEEDs.

Iv; NEEDs and economic empowerment in Nigeria.

Leads discussion on the definition, aims and objectives MDGs and NEEDs.

II; Highlights the seven points Agenda of MDGs.

III; Identify and discuss NEEDs and economic empowerment in Nigeria.

4

Revision

Revision

5

Examination

Examination


VISUAL ART

SS 3 FIRST TTERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

LIFE DRAWING AND PAINTING

1.anatomical studies relation of the whole body

2. drawing and painting of portraits and quick action poses .long poses for detailed drawing and painting.


Explains the standard proportion of human heads to the whole body.

Draw and paint a human figure with water colour, coloured pencils, etc.

Resource; cardboard, colours etc.

2

STILL LIFE DRAWING AND PAINTING

1.drawing and painting of objects

-furniture

-utensils

-flowers

-tools

-machinery

Draw and paint the arranged still life objects.

Resources; cardboards, colours, brushes etc.

3

LANDSCAPE OR SEASCAPE PAINTING

1. Composition of trees houses, sky, rocks, mountain etc.

2. Seascape scenery consist: sea, boats, ship, waves, fishermen, harbor, etc.

Draw and paint from landscape or seascape scenery.

Resources: pen and ink, crayon, colour ink etc.

4

SCULPTURE, WOOD CARVING RELIEF

1. definition

2. function of craving tools: carve , chisel, etch , remove ,etc,.

3. 2 dimensional relief carving

4. relief carving: register type

-door

-plaque

-verandah posts

-divination tray

5.carving tools:

-gouge

-rasps

-steel

-sand paper

-sharpening stone

-oil for sharpening stone

-rifflers

- mallets

-scrappers

-steel wool


1. Define and explains sculpture.

2. describes types of reliefs and different carving tools.

3. explains carving in the round

4. illustrates by carving an object in the round for students to see.

5.practice how to carve a figure in the round

6. produce a life form on wood.

5

CARVING IN THE ROUND (SIMPLE AND LIFE FORMS)

1.types of reliefs:

-low relief

-high relief

2.objects that can be carved in the round:

-wooden shoes

-paddles

- ash tray

-pestles

-sancer

-walking stick

3.carving in the round :

-volume

-plane

-mass

4.practical

i. make a simple relief carving on wood

ii. produce a life form on wood.

1. practice carving with a chosen object.

2. list four objects that can be carved in the round.

3. produce one carving.

Resources: wood, chisel, market, vice, riffles, iron sponge, rasps, sand paper oil for sharpening. sharpening stone.

6

WESTERN ART

1.styles and periods:

-pre-history art

-mesopotaamia

-greek art

-roman art

-early Christain art

-Islamic art

-medival art

-renaissance art

2. the differences in style e.g. Islamic and Christian art and the style of leornado da vinci and that of greek vase painters

1. discusses the origin, stages of development, nature and characteristic  styles of western art.

2. discusses the achievements of the leadning artists of the periods, styles and movements.

Resources:

-photographs

-maps

-slides, projector

7

IMPACT ON AFRICAN ART ON WESTERN ART AND VICE VERSA

1. 19th of 20th century art of Europe:

- impressionism

-expressionism

-abstraction

-cubism

-new concept and media for Africa

2.neglect of African art education destruction of many artifacts


1. discusses the artistic revolution in western art due to contact with African art.

2.explains the origin and development of mainstream art.

Resources:

-slides

-photographs.

8

IMPACT OF NIGERIAN ART ON WESTERN ART.

1.benin primitive and looted art works

2. Ife bronze heads Iron ceremonial screens.

3.Yoruba carved doors, back and pillar post

Discusses the influence of these artworks/artifacts on western artworks.

Resource:-Slides

-Photographs

9

CONTEMPORARY WORLD ART

New art terms and direction in art:

-visual culture

-installation art

-performance art

-video art

Lead class discussion on new terms and directions in world art.

RESOURCES: Slides, projector, photographs etc.

10

MAKING MODELS FOR ART PRODUCTS

1.Designs of objects:

-cars

Bottles

-cell phone

-buildings

-air planes

-gliders

Introduces the general process of industrial design-model, photographs and tests, functionality, production.

RESOURCES: Selected objects for design and models

11

LETTERING: BLOCK AND CALLIGRAPHY

1.Block lettering exercise

-Roman

-Bothic

2.calligraphy Lettering

-san- serifs

Ornamental

3.Qualities of lettering:

-legibility

-suitability

-spacing

Explains the characteristics features of block and Calligraphy letterings.

Practice block lettering

Resource: Drawing set, calligraphy pen, etc.

12

COMPUTER ASSISTED DESIGN

1.Coreldraw environment

-task bar

-menu bar

Tools bar

-page view

2.Clip Art for illustration

3.Texts

-Dialogue boxes

-pop-up menu

-interactive fill tools

4.Layout features


-Identify and explains the features of the Corel draw environment.

-Guides students on how to import clip arts for illustration.

Resource:

Computer set, compact disk/flash, paper, cardboard


13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


VISUAL ART

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

-STENCILS

-LAYOUT AND BOOK ILLUSTRATION

1.Paper Stencil cutting

2.Screen stencils laying and cutting

3.Layout features:

-columns

-margin

-Spine

-Bleeding

-Blurb, etc.

4. Illustration techniques on computer using free hand tools.

1. Prepare a simple stencil and apply them in a design.

2. Make simple layout and some illustrations.

Resources: Cardboard paper, wax, knives etc

-Computer set, magazines etc.

2

SPINING AND WEAVING

1.Basic principles of weaving

-warp

-weft

Color

-pattern

2.Spining process

Explains and demonstrate weaving technique

2. Spin some raw cotton into thread.

Resource: Twilling wool, simple loom.

3

PHOTOGRAPHY

1.Types of camera

-double lens reflex

-single lens reflex

-box camera

2. Terminologies in photography

-focus

-snap

-view

-panning

3. Parts of a SLR Camera

-aperture

-Lens

-view finder

4.Photographic materials and Equipments:

-camera

-film

5.Photographic processes:

-loading

-shooting

1.Identify the functions of a Camera

2.Discusses with the aid of photograph, terminologies of photograph

3. States photographic equipment’s and materials.

4.Explains photographic process

5. Demonstrate loading, focusing and shooting.

Resources:

-still camera

-Video camera

-Digital camera

-photographs



4

REVISION


5

EXAMINATION



MUSIC

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES/EVALUATION

1-

Harmony

Two-parts harmony

  • Harmonize the following melody in two parts.
  • Analyze the chords used in the piece of music.

2-

Harmony

(continued)

Four-part harmony.

  • Harmonize the following melody in two parts.
  • Analyze the chords used in the piece of music.

3-

Composition

  • Setting words to
  • Syllables
  • melody
  • Write a simple 8 bar passage for soprano and alto voices.
  • Arrange a folk song for the xylophone and accompaniment of each other instruments named by the teacher.


4-

Composition

(Two part writing)

Two part writing

  • Write a simple 8 bar passage for soprano and alto voices.
  • Arrange a folk song for the xylophone and accompaniment of each other instruments named by the teacher.

5-

Composition

(Four part harmony)

Four part harmony

  • Write a simple 8 bar passage for soprano and alto voices.
  • Arrange a folk song for the xylophone and accompaniment of each other instruments named by the teacher.


6-

Transposition

  • Musical instruments
  • Maintenance
  • Transposing instruments
  • List 3 transposing instruments and their ranges e.g. B
  • Explain the term transposing instruments.



7-

Music of the romantic period (western period)
History and romantic composers

  • Discuss the lives and works of the 2 named composers of the romantic period.
  • Identify the musical characteristics and styles used in the romantic period.

8-

Music dictation

  • Listening and appreciation
  • Ear training
  • Listen to several playing by the teacher and write.

9-

Trends in Nigerian music (post independence till date)

Modern trends in Nigerian music

  • List 5 Nigerian contemporary musicians and two works by each of them.
  • Write 3 differences between Nigerian music of the colonial era and that of the contemporary era.

10-

Nigerian musical instruments of different ethnic groups

Nigerian musical instruments e.g.

  • Eyo- Lagos (Yoruba)
  • Swange- Benue (Tiv)
  • Atili-ogwu 
  • List 12 different musical instruments and group them into their various ethnic groups.

11-

Nigerian dance styles

  • Dance Improvisation.
  • Dance Composition
  • Dance Techniques
  • Choreography a contemporary dance on any theme of their choice.
  • Analyze the differences between modern dance and traditional dance.

12-

Ensemble

Group performance.

  • Play their musical instruments.
  • Organize themselves in performance groups.
  • Develop improvisational skills.


13-

Revision.


14-

Examination.



No SS 3 second term work

FRENCH LANGUAGE

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Contrôle continu

Culture et civilisation: éducation

Vie sociale un pays Francophone.

Le système d’éducation – école maternelle,

Ecole primaire, école secondaire, école avancée, vie publique, vie privée, les célèbres, un pays Francophone

Avec l’aide de carte et d’un tableau, le professeur va donner le système éducatif et la vie sociale d’un pays Francophone.

A l’aide d’une carte  et d’un tableau, les élèves découvrent le système d’éducation et la vie sociale et les célèbres.

Resource pédagogique

La carte, CD/cassettes audio, document authentique.

2

La possibilité

Expression oral : c’est possible que + subjonctif, peut-être, c’est possible, on verra, c’est peu certain, bien sur.

Maîtrise de la langue : conjugaison au présent du verbe ‘assurer’, être au subjonctif, voir au futur simple.

Le professeur donne aux élèves les expressions pour exprimer la possibilité.

Jeux de rôles, un entretien.

Resource pédagogique

Cassette audio/CD


3

Le but

Expression orale : les expressions qui renvoient au but : afin de, pour que, afin que, dans le but de, croyant/pensant que exemple : on a fait une fête pour que tout le monde soit content.


Le professeur fait compléter des phrases par des expressions de but.

Trois élèves jouent respectivement les rôles d’accusé, d’avocat et de juge tout en mettant l’accent sur leur action. Ils parlent en conséquence.

Resource pédagogique

Textes de jeux de rôles.

Textes de « vrai/faux » etc.

4

L’opposition

Expression orale : par contre, au contraire, contrairement à…, vis-à-vis, cependant, mais, alors que…, tandis que…

Le professeur proposé un sujet de débat comme : une fille est plus que le garçon.

La classe est divisée en deux groupe : l’un parle pour et l’autre parle contre.

Resource pédagogique

Textes de jeux de rôles, cassette audio/CD

5

Contrôle continu

La concession

2eme Epreuve

Expressions destinées à réaliser la concession : bien que… + subj., même si, malgré…

Expressions écrite : exercice écrits.

Le professeur propose des exercices structuraux à compléter par des expressions de concession.

Les élèves répondent aux questions.

Resource pédagogique

Textes basés sur la concession, CD/cassettes audio.

6

La condition

Expression écrite : expression qui renvoient à la condition, à condition de…, à condition que + subj, sous condition de, tant que… + indicatif, aussi longtemps que + indicatif.


Le professeur propose des exercices structuraux pertinents.

Les élèves relèvent dans une coupures de journaux. Jeux de rôles vous êtes père, votre fils vent sortir. Vous précisez les conditions

Resource pédagogique

CD/cassettes audio, textes audio.

7

La vérité générale

Expression écrite : expression permettant d’exprimer la vérité générale : proverbe (exemple : c’est en forgeant, qu’on devient forgeron). Dictions (exemple : voir c’est croire) le temps présent, le futur.

Le professeur donne des dictées ou figurent de telles expressions.

Les élèves copient et s’en servent éventuellement dans leurs présentations.

Resource pédagogique

Textes audio.

8

Culture et civilisation et culture de l’Afrique de l’ouest.

Le mariage traditionnel, les nourritures, les salutations, les habilles, la mode.

Comparer la culture d’un pays Francophone avec le Nigeria.

Les élèves discutent de culture qu’ils ont chez eux


9

Le sport

3ème Épreuve

Le football, le tennis, le gymnastique,

Verbes jouer, sauter, gagner, au présent.

Le professeur parle d’équipe différente.

Quel sport aiment ils et pourquoi

Resource pédagogique

Images/photos de joueurs


10

La santé

Expression écrite : la maladie, les malades, mal, médicament, hôpital, guérir. Comment est ta sante ?j’ai mal à la…, avoir + mal.

Je vous souhaite bonne santé, la fièvre, le SIDA

Le professeur demande aux élèves de nommer des maladies qu’on connaît.

Ils parlent de maladies et des médicaments.

Resource pédagogique

Les images/photos d’hôpital.


11

Revision

Revision

12

Revision

Revision

13

Examen

Examen

14

Examen

Examen


FRENCH LANGUAGE

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Contrôle continu

Revue, s’excuser, se justifier, se défendre

1ere Epreuve

Etude de maîtrise de la langue : l’emploie des expressions de s’excuser, se justifier, s’amuser, se défendre, au présent.

Compréhension écrite : lecture sur l’acte de s’excuser etc.

Expression orale : entretien entre le professeur et l’étudiant, l’étudiant et l’étudiant.


Le professeur montre l’action de s’excuser, s’amuser, avec jeste et dit : je vous accuse (jeu de rôle).

Le professeur met la cassette audio.

Le professeur pose des questions.

Le professeur accuse l’étudiant d’un mal fait.

(Jeu de rôle)

Les étudiants regardent curieusement d’abord.

Puis, ils se défendent, s’excusent, se justifient.

Les étudiants écoutent,

Les étudiants répondent a l’écrit.

L’étudiant s’excuse, se justifier, se défendre avec les expressions : je m’excuse, c’est en raison de, c’est pour (s’amuser) c’est par erreur.

Resource pédagogique

Texte de dialogues adapter, texte de production orale etc.

Cassette audio, texte audio, CD.

2

Revue

Exprimer une obligation direct/implicite.

Maîtrise de la langue : emploi des verbes : falloir, aller, devoir, être, vouloir, pouvoir au conditionnelle, au futur simple, et a l’imparfait.

Emploie des expressions : il faut…, il doit…, va… allez… tout de suite, un instant, j’allais, vous demander, pourriez / voudriez – vous, je serais obligé etc.

Expression orale : exercices oraux sur exprimer obligation direct/implicite.

Compréhension orale : écoute à la radio, réponse aux questions posées sur ce qu’on entend.


Le professeur met les verbes en phrases avec le temps correspondent. Le professeur explique le sens de mot nouveaux.

Jeu de rôle : le professeur divise la classe en deux groupes.

Le professeur pose des questions sur l’image.

Les étudiants copient dans leurs cahiers. Ils font des exercices écrites (font des  phrases) au conditionnelle au futur simple et a l’impératif, en expriment une obligation directe/implicite exemple : il faut, il doit.

Le premier groupe s’adresse aux deuxième groupes en utilisant ces expression d’obligation direct exemple : il faut, il doit, va, viens tout de suite. Le deuxième s’adresse a l’aide des expressions implicite e.g je serais, pourriez vous, j’allais, vous demande, etc.

Resource pédagogique

L’art de conjugué, le dictionnaire, extrait de texte, image, photo. Cassette, texte de dialogue, adapté une radio, un film, coupures de journaux.


3

Revue

L’opposition

Expression orale : par contre, au contraire, contrairement à…. vis-à-vis, cependant ; mais, alors que…., tandis que.


Le professeur propose un sujet de débat comme école mixte est plus meilleure que……

Le professeur montre des films et des photos.

La classe est divisée en deux groupes : l’un parle pour, l’autre parle contre

Les étudiants font textes de simulations.

Resource pédagogique

Textes de jeux de rôles, cassette audio, CD

4

Revue

La concession

Expressions destinées à réaliser la concession : bien que… + subjectif, même si, malgré…

Expression écrite :Exercice écrits.


Le professeur propose des exercices structure à compléter par d’expression de concession.

Les étudiants répondent aux questions.

Resource pédagogique

Textes bases sur la concession.

CD, Cassettes Audio.


5

Révision

Révision

6

Révision

Révision



المنهج الدراسي للسنة الثالثالثانوية

SCHEME OF WORK FOR S.S THREE

FIRST TERM               الفترة الأولى

المحتويات

الموضوع

الأسبوع

يطلب من المدرس أن يختار نصا من نشرات أو الجرائد أو من كتب القصصية.

يطلب من المدرس أن يختار نصا من نصوص الأدبية أخلاقية أو إجتماعية أو من كتب تاريخية إسلامية فى شريط قاضى.

يطلب من المدرس أن يأتى بنص الأنشودة المختارة :- كل شيئ فانى# إلا الله باقى. كل شيئ فانى # إلا الله الباقى. أحد صمد # لايموت أبدا. صلوا على محمد# صلوا على محمد. الصلاة والسلام# على رسول الله. الصلاة والسلام # على رسول الله.


يطلب من المدرس أن يختار ألفاظ أو كلمات أو عبارات مناسبة لكتابة إنشاء فى مختلف موضوعات :- وصف مكتب. – أيهما أفضل؟ الزراعة أو الصحافة؟ - عن إستقلال الدولة أو المفردات, كالحقل, والأمن, سلامة, التعاون, التفاهم, علاقات تجارية, إستبراد, إصدار, ثروات. – عن الأم, الطفل, الصبي, الدعاء, ولادة, فأس, الأرز, - عن الأطعمة, العلم, التعليم, - الجريدة أفضل أو المزياع... وما إلى ذلك.

يطلب من المدرس أن يختارنصا تحتوى على جمل مفيدة تبرز المفعول به وموقعه الإعرابى كما فى الأمثلة ألاتية: - شـدالتلمذالحبل. - طوت البنت الثوب. - أكل الذئب الخروف. - حاز السابق جائزة. - يصيد الثعلب دجاجة –يبيع الجزار اللحم. ثم قاعدة نحوي. المفعول به إسم منصوب وقع عليه فعل الفاعل.

يطلب من المدرس أن يختار الجمل المفيدة تحتوى على المفعول المطلق مثل – أنامسروربك مسرورا. - يشرب الطفل اللبن شربا. - أكل أحمد أكلتين. – إستريح فى كل يوم مرحلة إستراحا. ثم قاعدة نحوية:-  " المفعول المطلق إسم منصوب موافق للفعل فى لفظ وجئ بعد الفعل لتأكيده أو لبيان نوعه أو عدده.

من المدرس أيضا أن إختيار الجمل المفيدة تحتوى على المفعول فيه ثم القاعدة أو كما يقال أنه (الظرف) مثل – مكثت بأبوجا شهرا. – تجمع النملة قوتها صيفا. – قام الكلب خلف الباب . ثم القاعدة :-  " المفعول فيه إسم منصوب يبين الزمن الفعل الذى حصل فيه الفعل ويسمى ظرف الزمان أو المكان.

من الدرس أن إتيان بجمل فيها العدد بأنواعه ثم القاعدة . ١- الأعداد من ثلاثة إلى عشرة تذكر مع المؤنث وتؤنث مع المذكر ٢- الأعداد المركبة المبنية الجزئية على الفتح ماعدا إثنا عشر فالجزء الأول يعرب إعراب المثنى وأما الجزء الثانى فيبنى على الفتح.

من المدرس أن إتيان بجمل المفيدة مشتمل على المنادى كما فى الأمثلة : - يا إبراهيم. ٢- ياصلاح الدين!. ٣- يا مسافر! إلى الورى – يا مسرعا فى العجل. – يالاعبون! إسترحوا. قاعدة نحوية: المنادى إسم يذكر بعد يا وأخواتها, طلبا إقبال مدلوله, بنصب المنادى إذا كان مضافا أو شبيها بالمضاف, أو نكرة غير مقصودة, ويبنى علىمايرفع به إذا كان نكرة مقصودة, أو علما مفردا. والمراد بالمفرد هنا ما ليس مضاف لإشبهبا بالمضاف.

من المدرس إتيان بنص مشتمل على تاريخ حياة الشيخ عبد الله ابن فودي فى رثاء المصطفى كالآتى:

عفت عندى منازل أهل كبير # وحل على معارفها نكير

لفقـد المصطفى فيها بليل # لتصبح فى صباح قمطرير

هو ابن الحاج أي عثمان عبا # سراج الحين مأوى للفقير

لقد زرئت قبيلتنا جميعا لفقد الصالح الفطن المجير.

من المدرس إتيان بمشتمل على تاريخ حياة القاضى عمر إبراهيم أبيات شعر الأحبـة (ض149) وقصيدة من كدونا إلى أهل ميدغورى.

من المدرس إتيان بما اشتمل على تاريخ حياة الدكتور عيسى ألبى أبوبكر وبعض أبيات شعره - إلى الشعراء    - وصف القرآن.

يطلب من المدرس أن يختار نص يحتوى على كلمات وعبارات تتعلق بتربية البنين والبنات منها تهذيب عادات وتقاليد, قدوة, إمتثال, إرشاد, خلق, رضا, طاعة, تثقيف.

يطلب من المدرس أن يختارنصا من نشرات أو الجرائد أومن الكتب القصصية ويترجمه حسب مستوى الطلاب.


الترجمة من العربية إلى الإنجليزية أو العكس

الإملاء



الأنشودة






الكتابة الإنشاء











النحو – (مفعول به)








المفعول المطلق








المفعول فيه








العدد






المنادى











أ- الأدب. – من شعر الشيخ عبد الله بن فودي (تزيين الورقات)










ب- الأدب- شعر القاضى عمر إبراهيم



ج- من شعر الدكتور عيسى ألبى أبى بكر


الكتابة




الترجمة من الإنجليزية إلى العربية أو العكس.


المراجعة ثم الإمتحانات .

الأول


الثانى



الثالث






الرابع











الخامس








السادس








السابع








الثامن






التاسع











العاشر


















الحادى عشر




الثانى عشر



الثالث عشر


المنهجالدراسي للسنة الثالثالثانوية

SCHEME OF WORK FOR S.S THREE

SECOND TERM              الفترة الثانية

المحتويات

الموضوع

الأسبوع

قطعة مناسبة بالإيجاز يمكن قراءته بالسهولة للطلاب.


يطلب من المدرس أن ينظر إلى ما قد سبق من الدروس ماله حاجة للمراجعة.


يطلب من المدرس أن ينظر إلى ما سبق الموضوعات وتيقينها جيدا قبل بداية الإمتحان.

القراءة والكتابة



المراجعة عن بعض الموضوعات السابقة

المراجعة عن بعض الموضوعات السابقة.



الأول



الثانى


الثالث








HAUSA LANGUAGE SS 3 FIRST TERM
ZANGO NA DAYA     AJI UKU

MAKO

JIGO/MAKASUDI

AYYUKA

1

Nazari akan rubutacciyar waƙa:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • waƙoƙi dangane da:
  • jigo,
  • zubi da tsari kamar;
  • kar biyar da yawan baitoci da budewa da rufewa

A duba litattafan da NECO/WASSCE ts amince

2

Ci gaba da nazari akan rubutacciyar waƙa:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • salon sarrafa harshe; kamar
  • dabarun jawo hankali,
  • amfani da karin magana ds.

A duba liitittifan NECO/WASSCE

3

Naziri akan littafin wasan kwaikwayo:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Ma’anar wasan kwaikwayo. Misali, ana yin wasan kwaikwayo na radiyo, talabijin dandali, silima da bidiyo ds.


A duba liitittifan NECO/WASSCE

4

Ci gaba da nazari akan littafin wasan kwaikwayo; Malami zai koyar da; rubutaccen wasan kwaikwayo na zaɓaɓɓen littafi. Nazari akan; (a) Jigo misali

  • Wayar da kai,
  • Gyaran hali,
  • Gargaɗi,
  • Nasiha,
  • Nishaɗi ds.

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

5

Ƙa’idojin Rubutu:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Alamomin tayar da amagana na keɓe zance
  • Alamar keɓe Magana, wato baka biyu

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

6

Ci gaba da ƙa’idojin Rubutu:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Kalmomi masu gaɓa ɗaya ta hanyar aikace-aikace kamar shifta

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

7

Fassara a aikace:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Fassara

Jawabi da labari

  • Fassara waƙa

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

8

Ci gaba da fassara a aikace:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Yin fassara mai yanci
  • Gujewa yin fassarar kalma da kalma

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

9

Dangantakar iyali:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Ma’anar dangantakar iyali.
  • Dangantakar iyali da dangi a Hausa; Kaka, Uba, Uwa, Kawu, Gwaggo.

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

10

Ci gaba da dangantakar iyali:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Dangantakar iyali da dangi kamar; Wa, Ƙane, Ya, Ƙanwa, Yan maza biyu, Ya’yan yan uwa ds.


A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

11

Bukukuwa:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Ma’anar bukukuwa
  • Ire-iren bukukuwa. Misali bikin aure, suna, cika-ciki, Sallah, nadin sarauta, takutuha, kalankuwa ds.

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

12

Ci gaba da bukukuwa:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Yadda ake yin bukukuwa da lokacin da ake yinsa da masu yin bukukuwan da kuma muhimimcinsa ga jama’a. misali; nishadi, zumunci, raha, da raya al’ada.

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

13

Maimaitawa: Maimaita ayyukan zangon karatu


14

Jarabawa



HAUSA LANGUAGE SS 3 SECOND TERM
ZANGO NA BIU         AJI UKU

MAKO

JIGO/MAKASUDI

AYYUKA

1

Tsarin sarautu da muƙamai:

Malami zai koyar da;

  • Ma’anar tsarin sarautu da muƙamai
  • Ire-iren sarautun gargajiya

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince

2

Nazarin littafin zube: malami zai koyar da;

  • Nazarin littafin ƙagaggen labari
  • Iya sarrafa harshe. Misali; jigon littafi,
  • jarunta
  • soyayya
  • ban tausayi
  • gyaran hali da
  • dabarun zaman duniya

A duba liitittifan da NECO/WASSCE soka amince







ASỤSỤ IGBO

SS THREE TAM NKE MBỤ


IZUỤKA


1.














2.














3.












4.













5.














6.











7.











8.









9.










10.












11.



12.


13.


ISIOKWU /NDỊNISIOKWU


ỤTỌASỤSỤ: EKWUMEKWU – Nkọwa ihe bụ nzikọrịtaozi keteknọlọjị.

OMENALA: Ikwugharị ihe bụ agụmagụ ọdịnala, nkenụdị na uru ya

AGỤMAGỤ: Nkọwa nsọala/ibeene, ịmaatụ akụkọ na-akọ etu ụfọdụ nsọala siri bido.





ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Uru na ọghọm dị na nzikọrịta ozi keteknọlojị

OMENALA:  Ịgụ agụmagụ ọdịnala dị iche iche ndị a họpụtara

AGỤMAGỤ: Ọrụ dị iche iche nsọala na-arụ n’obodo, ntaramaahụhụ dịịrị ndị mebiri iwu nsọlala , uru idebe nsọala obodo bara.





ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ chaatị ụdaume, ebe mkpọpụta dị iche iche.

OMENALA: Mmụgharị echichi ọdịnala dịka nkọwa njirimara onye chiri echichi ọdịnala dk. Eze, nze, ọzọ na lọọlọ.

AGỤMAGỤ: Inyocha na itule ndịna na njirimara agụmagụ ọdịnala.


ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Chaatị Mgbochiume – Ebe Mkpọpụta

OMENALA:  Uru na ọghọm


dịịrị onye e chiri echichi.

AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha akwụkwọ agụmagụ ọdịnala ndị a họpụtara.





ỤTỌASỤSỤ:  Mmụgharị chaatị mgbochiume - Ụdị mkpọpụta

OMENALA: Ịkọwapụta mgbanwe ndị batara n’echichi na echimechi ụfọdụ

AGỤMAGỤ: Mmụgharị ihe bụ agụmagụ ederede, nkenụdị na uru ịkọwapụta ya.





ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Nkọwa na ọmụmụ nkeji okwu, nkewasị mkpụrụokwu na nkeji na nkeji  tinyere mkpụrụokwu nwere myiriụdaume

OMENALA: Mmụgharị ihe

gbasara alụmdina                nwunnye.

AGỤMAGỤ:Nchịkọta na ntụlegharị iduuazị niile a gụrụ


 ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Mmụgharị ahịrịokwu mfe na nkenụdi

OMENALA: Ọmụmụihe gbasara ịṅụ iyi maọbụ ịdụ isi

AGỤMAGỤ: Ntụlegharị  na nchịkọta akwukwo  abụ ederede a gụrụ





ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Mmụgharị ahịrịokwu ukwu na nkenụdi

OMENALA: Mmụgharị akpalaokwu na usoro nkọwa ya

 AGỤMAGỤ: Ntụlegharị  na nchịkọta akwụkwọ abụ ederede a gụrụ


ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Mmụgharị ahịrị nha na nkenụdị ya

OMENALA:.Mmụgharị ọnọdụ òtù ọgbọ /uke/Ebiri, usoro e si aba ya, uru na ọghọm

AGỤMAGỤ: Mmụgharị ịtụ ilu na nkọwa ilu dị iche iche.




ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọgụgụ na aghọtaazaa – Ime mpụ ule, mkpatara ya na ọghọm dị n’ime mpu ule n’oge ule

OMENALA: Ọnọdụ otu ọgbọ n’oge ugbu a

AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmu ilu gbasara alụmdi na nwunye dịka :Ogori lụọ di abụọ, ọ mara nke ka ya mma.



MMỤGHARỊ IHE A KỤZIRI NA UlE


ULE


ULE/MMECHI


IHE OMUME NA NGWANKỤZI


IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

1. Ige ntị

2. Ịkọwa nzikọrịtaozi  

    keteknọlọjị

3. Ịkọwa agụmagụ ọdịnala na

    nkenụdị ya

4. Ikwu uru dị ịgụ agụmagụ

    odịnala

5. ịkwu ihe nsọala na ibeene

    pụtara

NGWA NKỤZỊ

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, tepaurekọda, redio, chaatị, dgz.


IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

1. Ikwu uru na ọghọm dị na nzikọrịta

    ozi keteknọlọjị

2. Igụ agụmagụ ọdịnala ndị a họpụtara

3. Ikwu ọrụ nsọala na-arụrụ n’obodo

4. Ịkpọsịta ntaramaahụhụ a na-enye

ndị mebiri nsọala.

5. Ikwu uru idebe nsọala na-abara

obodo .

NGWA NKỤZI

Ụgbọ ọjii, akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, chaati, foto/eserese, tepau rekọdụ, redio,dgz.



IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

1. Ige ntị

2. Ịrụgosi  n’eserese ebe mkpọpụta dị iche iche

3. Ịkwupụta ihe ụfọdu e ji ama onye

   chiri echiche

4. Ịtụle ndịna  na njirimara agụmagụ ọdịnala

NGWA NKỤZI

Chaatị, akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ugbo ojii, redio, tepụ rekọda,dgz.



IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

1. Ige ntị

2. Ịrụgosị ebe mkpọpụta ụda dị iche iche


3. Ịkwu uru na ọghọmdịịrị onye e chiri

   echichi

4. Inyocha na ịtụle ndịna akwụkwọ agụmagụ ọdịnala  ha gụrụ

NGWA NKỤZI

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, akwụkwọ agụmagụ ọdịnala họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, tiivi, redio, tepụrekọda, dgz.


IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Ige ntị

2. Ịza ajụjụ gbasara ụdị mkpọpụta

    mkpụrụụda ụfọdụgasị

3. Ịkwu mgbanwe ndị batara nechichi

ụfọdụ.

3. Ikwu ihe bụ agụmagụ ederede

4. Ikewapụta agụmagụ ederede na

    nkenụdIị ya

5. Ikwu uru dị n’agụmagụ ederede.

NGWA NKỤZI

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, foto/eserese



IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Ịkọwa ihe bụ nkejiokwu

2. Ịkewa mkpụrụokwu n nkeji na nkeji

3. Ịkọwa ihe bụ alụmdi na nwunye

5. Ịza ajụjụ gbasara alụmdi na nwunye

6. Itụlegharị iduuazị ha gụrụ

NGWA NKỤZI

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị, akwụkwọ iduuazị, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam, dgz.



IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Imebe ahịrị mfe

2. Ikewa ahịrịmfe na nkenụdị ya

3. Ịkọwa ihe ịṅụ iyi /ịdụisi pụtara

4. Ịgụ abụ ederede na iza ajụjụ sitre na ya

NGWA NKỤZI

Akwkkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ abụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam, dgz.



IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Imebe  ụdịrị ahịrịokwu dị iche iche

2. Ịrụgosi ụdịrị ahịrịokwugasị

3. Ịkọwa akpalaokwu

4. Ịgụ na itụle abụ ndị ha gụrụ

NGWA NKỤZI

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ  klasi na akwụkwọ abụ a họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam, dgz.


IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Imebe ahịrịnha dị iche iche

2. Idepụta nkenụdị ahịrịokwu gasị

3. Ịkọwa òtù  n’usoro abamaba ya

4. Ikwu uru na ọghọm dị n’ịba n’òtù ọgbọ 

5. Ịtụ  na ịkọwa ilu Igbo dị iche iche

NGWA NKỤZI

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasi, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam, dgz.


IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1.  Igụ aghọtaazaa na ịza ajụjụ so ya

2.  Ịkparịtaụka gbasara ọnọdụ òtù ọgbọ

n’oge ugbu a.

3.  Ịtụ ilu na ịkọwa ilu ndị metụtara alụmdi

     na nwunye

4. Ijụ na ịza ajụjỤụ

NGWA  NKUZỊ

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasi, ụgbọ ojii, tepụ rekọda, redio, dgz.






ASỤSỤ IGBO

SS THREE TAM NKE ABỤỌ


IZUỤKA


1.
















2.














3.






ISIOKWU / NDỊNISIOKWU


ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọgụgụ na aghọtaazaa “Agụmakwụkwọ dịka ihe na-eme ụzọ agamnihu”, uru na ọghọm dị n’agụghị akwụkwọ.

OMENALA: Aha na udị chi dị iche iche dk. Amadịọha, Ibiniukpabị, dgz. Ndị Igbo nwere. Ọrụ chi ndị a na-arụrụ ndị Igbo

AGỤMAGỤ: Mmụgharị  na ileba anya n’akwụkwọ e wepụtara n’ule


ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Mmụgharị  tensị na aspektị na nkenụdị ha

OMENALA:  Nkọwa echichi ndi Igbo gbasara ndụ na-esote ọnwụ dịka ọgbanje na ọnwụ

AGỤMAGỤ: Mmugharị na ileba anya n’akwụkwọ agụmagụ e wepụtara n’ule.







ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Mmụgharị nka edemede na ụdị edemede dị iche iche  ọkachasị leta anamachọihe

OMENALA: Nkọwa echiche ndị Igbo gbasara ndụ na-esote ọnwụ “ịlọ ụwa”.

AGỤMAGỤ: Mmụgharị na ileba anya n’akwụkwọ ụlọ e wepụtara.



IHE OMUME NA NGWANKỤZI


IHE ỤMỤAKWỤWỌ GA-EME:

1. Ịgụ aghọtaazaa  na ịza

    ajụjụ na-esote ya

2. Ịkpọsịta aha na ụdị chi dị

    iche iche 

3. Ikwu ọrụ ụmụ chi ndị a na-

   arụgasị

4. Ịjụ na ịza ajụjụ sitere n’akwụkwọ ule, akwụkwọ ule

NGWA NKỤZỊ

Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam, dgz.



IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

1. Ikwu nkenudị tensị na aspekịtị

2. Imebe ahịrịokwu ndị na-ezipụta tensị  na aspekịtị

2. Ịkọwapụta echiche ndị Igbo

    gbasara ọgbanje na ọnwụ

3. Ikwu uche ha gbasara ndụ

    na-esote ọnwụ

4. Ijụ na ịza ajụjụ sitere  n’akwụkwọ ule

NGWA NKỤZI

Ụgbọ ọjii, akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, chaati, kaadị mgbubam, foto/eserese, dgz.


IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

1. Ikwu ụdị edemede dị iche

    iche

2. Ịkọwa nkwenye ndị Igbo

   gbasara ịlọ ụwa

3. Ileba anya n’akwụkwọ  ụlọ

    e wepụtara

4.  Ide  ihe edemede leta

    anọmachọihe

NGWA NKỤZI

akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ugbo ojii, tepụ rekọda, redio, dgz.


YORÙBÁ SS 3 TÁÀMÙ KÌN-ÍN-NÍ

ÕSÊ

ORÍ ÕRÕ/ ÀKÓÓNÚ

ÀMÚŚE IŚË


1.

ÀŚÀ: Ìwà Ômôlúàbí


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

Òtítö sísô, níní sùúrù, ìkíni, ìbõwõ fágbà, śíśe ojúśe nínú ilé, ìwàpêlë, ìgböràn àti bëê bëê lô.

OLÙKÖ

a. Sô irú çni tí à ń pè ní ômôlúàbí

b. Sô èrè tó wà nínú jíjë ômôlúàbí láwùjô

d. Lo òwe, orin, ewì, àśàyàn õrõ àti ìtàn láti fi kö akëkõö nípa adùn tó wà nínú ìwà rere

e. Sô ìśòro tí ômôlúàbí lè dojúkô àti bí ó śe lè borí wôn.

AKËKÕÖ

a. Àwôn ìwà tó ń mú ni jëômôlúàbí

b. Sô àpççrç ìwà ômôlúàbí

d. Àýfààní tó wà nínú híhu ìwà bëê

e. Àpççrç ìwà tó lòdì sí ìwà ômôlúàbí

ç. Irú ewu tí ìwà bëê lè fà

f. Wàhálà tó lè dé bá ômôlúàbí àti bí ó śe lè borí ìśòro yìí.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Àwôn ìwé lítírèśõ tó dá lórí ìwà ômôlúàbí
  • Fídíò, fíìmù tó śe eré nípa ìwà ômôlúàbí

2.

ÀTÚNYÊWÒ LËTÀ ÀÌGBAGBÊFÊ


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Rán àwôn akëkõö létí ìgbésê kíkô lëtà àìgbagbêfê
  • Fún àwôn akëkõö ní orí-õrõ lëtà àìgbagbêfê

OLÙKÖ

a. Tö àwôn akëkõö sönà láti kô lëtà àìgbagbêfê.

b. Kô lëtà sí ilé-iśë rédíò kan nípa ire àti ibi tó wà nínú àśà ìgbàlódé tí àwôn õdö ń kó.

AKËKÕÖ

a. Sô oríśiríśi lëtà tó wà

b. Têlé ìlànà olùkö láti kô lëtà àìgbàgbêfê

d. Sô ìyàtõ tó wà láàrin lëtà gbêfê àti àìgbagbêfê

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Pátákó tí a kô ìlànà lëtà kíkô sí
  • Ìwé àpilêkô lórí àròkô

3.

ÈDÈ: Ìsõrí õrõ


Àkóónú iśë

  • Àlàyé lórí õrõ-àpèjúwe, õrõ-àpönlé, õrõ-atökùn àti õrõ-àsopõ
  • Sísô ipò tí õkõõkan máa ń wà nínú ìhun gbólóhùn

OLÙKÖ

a. Sô iśë tí õkõõkan àwôn õrõ wõnyí máa ńśe nínú gbólóhùn

b. Kô àpççrç irúfë õrõ wõnyí sókè

d. Pe àwôn õrõ náà fún akëkõö

AKËKÕÖ

a. Dá àwôn ìsõrí õrõ yìí mõ nínú ìhun gbolohun

b. Pe àwôn õrõ náà bí olùkö śe pè wön.

d. Śe àwòkô àwôn õrõ tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Kádíböõdù pélébé pélébé tí a kô àpççrç àwôn ìsõrí õrõ sí.
  • Ìwé atúmõ èdè Yorùbá
  • Pátákó ìkõwé àti çfun.

4.

LÍTÍRÈŚÕ:Kíkö ni mímõ:Iśë Òýkõwé Alátinúdá (Ewì, ìtàn àròsô, eré-onítàn)


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Àtúnyêwò àwôn ìlànà tí òýkõwé ní láti kíyèsí fún kíkô ìwé alátinúdá
  • Gbígbìyànjú láti kô ewì, ìtàn àròsô àti eré-onítàn kékèèké

OLÙKÖ

a. Śe àlàyé kíkún lórí kíkô ìwé alátinúdá.

b. Sô ìlànà ìgbékalê ìwé alátinúdá

d. Sô àwôn èròjà tó mú kí ìwé dùn

e. Jë kí akëkõö gbìyànjú àtikô ìwé àtinúdá

ç. Pípe àwôn gbajúmõ òýkõwé láti wá dá akëkõö lëkõö

AKËKÕÖ

a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö lórí kíkô ewì àtinúdá: ìlànà ìgbékalê, àtinúdá àti èròjà tó ń mú adùn bá ewì

b. Tëtí sí ìdánilëkõö láti õdõ gbajúmõ òýkõwé

d. Kô eré-onítàn àti ewì kékèèké.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Ìwé ìtàn àròsô
  • Ìwé eré-onítàn
  • Ìwé ewì

5.

ÀŚÀ: Ètò Çbí


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Àlàyé lórí ohun tí à ń pè ní çbí
  • Bàbá gëgë bí olórí çbí

d. Iśë òbí sí ômô àti iśëômô sí òbí

e. Ìbáśepõ láàrin ômô ìyá sí ômô ìyá àti ôbàkan sí ôbàkan.

ç. Ìbáśepõ pêlú ìdílé ìyá çni àti bàbá çni

f. Ipò àti iśë tíçnìkõõkan ńśe nínúçbí.

OLÙKÖ

a. Sô oríkì çbí

b. Śàlàyé kíkún lórí ojúśe çnìkõõkan nínú çbí

d. Kô kókó pàtàkì pàtàkì sójú pátákó

AKËKÕÖ

a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

b. Béèrè ìbéèrè löwö olùkö

d. Dáhùn ìbéèrè olùkö

e. Śe àkôsílê ohun tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Àwòrán
  • Fídíò
  • Tçlifísàn
  • Téèpù

6.

ÈDÈ: Aáyan Ògbufõ


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

a. Ìtönisönà lórí bí a śe ńśe aáyan ògbufõ.

b. Túmõ àwôn õrõ àti èdè ewì láti èdè Gêësì sí Yorùbá.

OLÙKÖ

a. Śàlàyé bí a śe ńśe aáyan ògbufõ

b. Darí akëkõö láti túmõ àwôn õrõ àti èdè ewì tí a kô sójú pátákó láti èdè Gêësì sí èdè Yorùbá

d. Kô àwôn õrõ àti ewì tí a túmõ sí ojú pátákó.

AKËKÕÖ

a. Tëtí sí bí olùkö śe ń túmõ àwôn õrõ àti ewì.

b. Túmõ àwôn õrõ tí olùkö fún un sí èdè Yorùbá.

d. Kô àwôn ohun tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sí inú ìwé.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Ìwé tí a yàn
  • Ìwé atúmõ
  • Pátákó ìkõwé

7.

LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: EwìÀpilêkô


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Kókó õrõ
  • Ìhun (ètò)

d.  Ìlò èdè

e.  Àśà àti ìśe tíó súyô

ç. Àmúyç àti àléébù inú rê

OLÙKÖ

a. Jë kí akëkõö ka àśàyàn ewì tí ó mõ

b. Jë kí akëkõö ka àśàyàn ewì síta

d. Śàlàyé nípa àkóónú iśë bíóśe súyô nínú ewì

  • Kókó õrõ
  • Ìhun
  • Ìlò èdè
  • Àśà tó súyô
  • Àmúyç àti àléébù

e. Kô àwôn õrõ tí ó śe pàtàkì tí ó súyô sójú pátákó pêlú àlàyé ìtumõ wôn

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Àśàyàn ìwé àpilêkô
  • Pátákó ìkõwé.

8.

Ìtêsíwájú Eré Ìdárayá


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

a. Oríśiríśi eré ìdárayá

  • Eré òśùpá, bojúbojú...
  • Eré abëlé – àlô pípa
  • Eré ìta gbangba, òkòtó títa, àrìn títa, ìjàkadì/ çkç àti bëê bëê lô

b. Eré òde òní

  • Böõlù gbígbá
  • Eré sísá
  • Díráfítì títa
  • Káàdì títa
  • Lúdò àti bëê bëê lô

OLÙKÖ

a. Śàlàyé bí a ti ńśe díê nínú eré ìdárayá tí a mënubà

b. Tö akëkõö sönà láti śe àwôn eré ìdárayá náà

d. Kô àwôn orin inú eré ìdárayá tó lórin sójú pátákó

e. Tö akëkõö sönà láti sô àwôn àýfààní àti ewu tí ó wà nínú eré náà

AKËKÕÖ

a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

b. Sô ohun tí o mõ nípa eré ìdárayá śáájú ìdánilëkõö

d. Kópa nínú śíśe eré ìdárayá náà

e. Béèrè ìbéèrè

ç. Śe àkôsílê ohun tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó sínú ìwé

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Àwòrán ohun èlò gidi: ôpön ayò, lúdò, díráfíìtì àti bëê bëê lô
  • Àwòrán agbáböõlù àti bëê bëê lô

9.

ÌTÊSÍWÁJÚ LÓRÍ ÀRÀNMÖ


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

a. Oríkì àrànmö

b. Àrànmö ohùn

d. Àrànmö Fáwëlì

e. Àrànmö iwájú

ç. Àrànmö êyìn

f.  Àrànmö aláìfòró àti àrànmö afòró 

OLÙKÖ

a. Śàlàyé fún àwôn akëkõö ohun tí àrànmö jë

b. Sô oríśiríśi àrànmö tí ó wà pêlú àpççrç tí ó múná dóko

d. Béèrè ìbéèrè löwö akëkõö

e. Śe àkôsílê sójú pátákó

AKËKÕÖ

a. Tëtí sí olùkö

b. Béèrè ìbéèrè löwö olùkö

d. Dáhùn ìbéèrè olùkö

e. Śe àkôsílê sínú ìwé rç

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Pátákó ìkõwé

10.

ÀTÚNYÊWÒ ÈTÒ ÌŚÈLÚ


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Ààtò agbo-ilé
  • Ètò oyè jíjç
  • oyè ìdílé
  • Oyè ìfidánilölá

d. Ètò ìśèlú òde òní:

  •  Ìjôba àpapõ
  • Ìjôba ìpínlê
  • Ìjôba ìbílê

OLÙKÖ

a. Śàlàyé ààtò agbo-ilé

b. Śàlàyé ní kíkún lórí oyè jíjç àti oríśiríśi tó wà

d. Sô nípa ìśèlú òde òní fún àwôn akëkõö

AKËKÕÖ

a. Sô àwôn tó ń kópa nínú àtò agbo-ilé

b. Sô ipa akópa kõõkan tí wön dárúkô ní (a)

d. Sô oríśiríśi oyè tí ó wà ní àwùjô

e. Śàlàyé ìjôba àpapõ àti ìbílê

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Fídíò ayçyç ìfinijoyè

11.

LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: Àtúpalê àśàyàn ìwé ìtàn àròsô méjì


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Kókó õrõ
  • Àhunpõ ìtàn

d.  Ìfìwàwêdá

e.  Ibùdó ìtàn 

ç.  Ôgbön ìsõtàn

f.  Àśà tí ó súyô

g. Àmúyç àti àléébù

OLÙKÖ

a. Mójú tó àwôn akëkõö láti kàwé ìtàn àròsô

b. Śàlàyé àhunpõ ìtàn, ìfìwàwêdá, ibùdó ìtàn, ôgbön ìsõtàn àti ti àśà tó súyô.

d. Jíròrò pêlú akëkõö láti sô àmúyç àti àléébù inú àwôn ìtàn tí wön kà.

AKËKÕÖ

a. Ka ìwé ìtàn àròsô méjèèjì

b. Śe àtúnsô ìtàn inú ìwé ìtàn àròsô tí wön kà ní sókí

d. Jíròrò lórí ìfìwàwêdá, ibùdó ìtàn àti ôgbön ìsõtàn.

e. Sô àwôn àśà tó súyô nínú ìtàn tí wôn kà.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Ìwé ìtàn àròsô tí a yàn
  • Àwòrán tí ó bá lè jëwö ìśêlê inú ìwé ìtàn àròsô tí a yàn.

12.

ÌTÊSÍWÁJÚ LÓRÍ ÌGBÉYÀWÓ, ÌSÌNKÚ ÀTI OGÚN JÍJÇ


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

a. Àtúnyêwò ìsìnkú ìbílê

b. Ìsìnkú ômôlëyìn Kírísítì, Mùsùlùmí àti bëê bëê lô

d. Àtúnyêwò ogún jíjç ní ìlànà ìbílê

e. Ogún jíjç ní ìlànà ìgbàlódé

OLÙKÖ

a. Jíròrò pêlú àwôn akëkõö lórí ìsìnkú ìbílê

b. Śàlàyé ìsìnkú ômôlëyìn Kírísítì, Mùsùlùmí àti bëê bëê lô

d. Śàlàyé ogún jíjç ní ìlànà ìbílê

e. Śàlàyé ogún jíjç ìgbàlódé

AKËKÕÖ

a. Śe àbêwò sí ibi ìsìnkú ìbílê

b. Śe àbêwò síbi ìsìnkú ômôlëyìn Kírísítì àti ti Mùsùlùmí

d. Śe ìròyìn ojúmi to fún àwôn çlçgbë wôn lórí àbêwò wôn sí irúfë ìsìnkú mëtêêta.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Àwòrán ìjókòó àwôn àgbà níbi tí wön ti ń pín ogún
  • Àwòrán àwôn tó gbé òkú tí wön ń tu adìyç ìrànà níwájú rê.
  • Fídíò ìsìnkú àti àsìkò ogún pínpín.

13.

ÀTÚNYÊWÒ ÊKÖ


14.

ÌDÁNWÒ





YORÙBÁ SS 3 TÁÀMÙ KEJÌ

ÕSÊ

ORÍ ÕRÕ/ ÀKÓÓNÚ

ÀMÚŚE IŚË


1.

ÈDÈ: Àtúnyêwò gbogbo ìsõrí gbólóhùn, ìpàrójç àti ìsúnkì


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

a. Gbólóhùn abödé, gbólóhùn oníbõ, alálàyé, ìbéèrè àti àśç, gbólóhùn alákànpõ, oníròyìn, alátçnumö àti gbólóhùn ìyísódì

b. Oríkì ìpajç, òfin ìpajç, fáwëlì àti köńsónáýtì pípajç

d. Ìyöpõ fáwëlì

e. Oríkì ìsúnkì

ç. Ìbáśepõ tí ó wà láàrin ìpajç àti ìsúnkì.

OLÙKÖ

a. Śàlàyé oríśiríśi ìsõrí gbólóhùn

b. Śàlàyé ìyàtõ tí ó wà láàrin gbólóhùn kõõkan

d. Sô oríkì ìpajç, ìsúnkì àti ìyöpõ fáwëlì

e. Sô òfin tí ó de ìpajç, ìsúnkì àti ìyöpõ fáwëlì

ç. Béèrè ìbéèrè löwö akëkõö

f. Yán kókó sójú pátákó

AKËKÕÖ

a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö lórí oríśiríśi ìsõrí gbólóhùn àti ìyàtõ wôn.

b. Da àwôn àpççrç ìsõrí gbólóhùn tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó kô sínú ìwé

d. Béèrè ìbéèrè löwö olùkö

e. Dáhùn ìbéèrè olùkö

ç. Śe àkôsílê sínú ìwé rç

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Pátákó ìkõwé

2.

ÀŚÀ: Àtúnyêwò àwôn õnà ìbánisõrõ

  • Àrokò: oríśiríśi
  • Oríśiríśi õnà tí a lè gbà pàrokò
  • Ìyàtõ láàrin ìpàrokò láyé àtijö àti òde òní
  • Ìwúlò àrokò


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Ohun tí ìbánisõrõ jë
  • Oríśiríśi õnà ìbánisõrõ láyé àtijö

d.  Oríśiríśi õnà ìbánisõrõ láyé òde òní.

e.  Pàtàkì sísô èdè abínibí

OLÙKÖ

a. Śàlàyé ohun tí ìbánisõrõ jë

b. Śàlàyé oríśiríśi õnà ìbánisõrõ tí ó wà láyé àtijö àti òde òní

d. Śàlàyé ìdí tí sísô èdè abínibí fi pôn dandan.

AKËKÕÖ

a. Sô ohun tí ìbánisõrõ jë

b. Sô oríśiríśi õnà ìbánisõrõ láyé àtijö àti òde òní

d. Sô õrõ láwùjô

e. Jíròrò lórí ìdí tí a fi gbödõ máa sô èdè Yorùbá.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

  • Àwòrán àmì ìpàrokò bí i owó çyô, ìkarahun ìgbín, ìgbálê, ìyarun àti bëê bëê lô
  • Àwòrán àwôn àmì àrokò tòde òní
  • Fídíò çni tí ó ń sõrõ láwùjô.

3.

LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: Àśàyàn àwôn ìwé ewì alohùn (ìwé méjì)


ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË

  • Kókó õrõ inú àwôn ewì alohùn náà
  • Ìlò èdè inú àwôn ewì alohùn náà

d.  Àśà àti ìśe Yorùbá tó súyô nínú àwôn ewì alohùn náà

e. õgangan ìró ewì alohùn tí a kà.

  • Àwôn akéwì (êsìn/ iśë wôn)
  • Ìlù, ijó ti wön ń lù sí i.
  • Àkókò tí wön máa ń lo ewì náà
  • Kíké àwôn ewì alohùn náà

OLÙKÖ

a. Śe àlàyé kókó õrõ àwôn ewì alohùn náà fún akëkõö

b. Śe àlàyé ìlò èdè inú àwôn ewì náà

d. Tç êrô fídíò fún wôn tàbí darí akéwì alohùn láti ké àwôn ewì náà

e. Tö akëkõö sönà láti ké ewì bí i méjì tàbí mëta láti inú àwôn ewì alohùn ìwé wôn

ç. Fa àśà Yorùbá tó jçyô nínú ewì náà

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

Ìwé ewì alohùn tí a yàn

Fídíò àti fönrán tí a gba ewì alohùn sí

Akéwì alohùn


4.


Ìdánwò



TECHNICAL DRAWING

SSS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

FREE HAND SKETCHING AND  DRAWING

principles  of free hand sketching of  hand  tools  used  by builders and  engineers e.g. hammer plurs  saws, spanners etc

 Teacher

explain the principle  of  free hand  sketching 

guides student in  sketching in  stitching hand tools

students:

 make  free hand  sketches of hand tool

teaching materials:

hand  tools posters.


2

ENGINEERING DESIGNS   AND WORKING  DRAWING

engineering  design process and preparation of working drawing e.g. plans  elevations etc

teacher:

explains engineering design processes

guides students to design  useable  engineering  items  e.g.  funnels, opener  sparer etc 

guides  student  in  the  preparation of engineering  working drawings

student:

 select  and deign  a useable  engineering  item

preparer  the  working drawing  of chosen  item

teaching materials

drawing instruments and  model


3

SCREW  THREADS, FASTENER AND DEVICES

type  of screw  threads e.g.  v-threads ,square buttress  and  active  etc

type  of  fastener and  their  user e.g. bolt, nuts, studs screws etc

teacher:

display and describes  type of screw threads

and fasteners

students:

identify type of screw  threads  and fasteners

teaching materials

bench vice, bolts, screws  nuts etc .


4

SCREWS THEADS  FASTENERS   AND  DEVICES

Type  of  locking  devices  and  their  application  e.g.  lock  nut  washers, slotted  nut  keys, spines

Teacher:

Guides student in the  conventional  represent  of locking  devise  fastener  and  screw  threads

Students:

Draw  screw  threads  fasteners and locking   devices  using   conventional  symbols

Teaching Materials:

Lock nut  scoffed   nut  keys, spines and pins   


5

ENGINEERING WORKING DRAWINGS.

 Example of machine parts   e.g. brackets, sleeves cylinders  etc


Teacher:

Guides student to prepare working drawing of simple machine parts e.g.  crank and  pedal

Student;

Prepare working  drawing  of simple  machines past

Teaching materials

Crank and pedals


6

ENGINEERING  WORKING  DRAWINGS

 Example  of machine  pasts  e.g. block  piston, connecting  rod  etc

Teacher:

Guides  students to  prepare working drawing s of simple  machine  parts  eg  piston, crank and  commenting  rod

Student :

Prepare work drawing  of  simple  machines parts

Teaching Materials:

Piston, connecting  rod  crank


7

ENGINEERING  WORKING  DRAWINGS

Machine assemblies e.g.  parallel clamps, water  taps

Teacher:

Guides students to prepare working drawings of machine assembles to  incarnate  bolts and nuts.

Students;

Prepare working  drawing  of machine  assemblies

Teaching materials:

Parallel clamps. Water tap.


8

ENGINEERING  WORKING DRAWINGS

Machine assemblies e.g.  bearing  barring  bracket and pulley

Teacher:

Guides  student  to  prepare working  drawings of  machine  assemblies to incorporate  locking  devices e.g.  keys

Students:

Prepare working  drawings of machine assemblies

Teaching Materials:

Bearing  bracket and pulley


9

SECTIONS   AND  SECTION L VIEWS

Type  of section  revolving section  off centre etc.

Teacher:

Guides  the  students  to draw  sectional view  of machine part and assemblies

Students: draw various sectional views of machine parts and assemblies.

Teaching materials.

 Diagrams, figures and charts.


10

SECTION  AID SECTION L VIEWS 

Sectional  view of buildings

Teacher:

Guild student  to draw sectional  view of a building

Students

draw the sectional views of a building

Teaching materials:

Building drawings and models.


11

SECTION AND  SECTIONAL  VIEW

Sectional  view  of  machine components

Teacher:

Guilds student  to  draw  sectional  views of a machine  component

Student:

Draw the sectional views of a machine component

Teaching material:

Machine parts and models.

12

Revision

Revision

13

Examination

Examination

14

Examination

Examination


TECHNICAL DRAWING

SSS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING

Building designs using Corel draw and Harvard graphics etc.

Teacher:

Guides the students to use the computer to design buildings.

Student

Design buildings using the computer

Teaching material

Computer and appropriate soft ware.


2

COMPUTER AIDED DRAWING

Engineering drawing using Corel draw and herald graphics etc.

Teacher:

Guides the students to use the computer to students:

Design engineering item using the computer. Teaching materials

computer and appropriate soft ware 


3

BELIEVE PRINT READING

Reading and interpretation of building drawings 

Teacher:

Guides students to read and interpreted building drawings.

Student:

Read and interpret building drawings and visits to sites

Teaching material

Blue print of building drawings  


4

BLUE PRINT READ

Reading and interpretation of engineering drawings.


Teacher

Guides students to read and interprets machine details.

Students

Read and interpret machine details and visits to machine shops. 

Teaching materials

Blue print of engineering drawing.


5

Revision

Revision

6

Examination

Examination


METAL WORK

SS 3  FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC AND CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Principle of casting,

1.Definition and importance of casting .


  • Defines casting

–importance of casting

2

2.Methods of casting:

I sand casting

Ii die casting

Iii plaster mould cast and shell moulding.


2. Leads discussion on different method of casting.

-Explains the factors for selecting any method of casting.

-compares and contrast casting methods.

-takes students to visit a metal workshop (foundry works).

3

Material and equipment for casting.

  • Type of casting equipment

-sand casting

-die casting

-shell casting

2.skekches of typical casting mould .


Teacher lists casting equipment.

-explains the set up of equipment for sand, die, and shell casting to students

-students  are involved in practical, while teacher walk round to supervise their work, and correct, when necessary,

4

Pattern making

1.Type of pattern; simple piece, split, flat back.

2.core making ; boxes, sand etc.

3. processes; making pouring of ferrous and non ferrous metals, finishing

1.explains types of pattern

2.demonstrates the process of core making.

3.explains the terms, meting, pouring, gating, and finishing to the students

4.demonstrates the process of casting a simple article e.g. cutter.

5.The students will be involved practically    

5

Casting defects.

1.Types of defects: blown air, holes, complete run out, cold short, core fault.

1.The teacher names different types of defects.

2. list and explain different causes of defect.

3.explains the corrective measure or remedies for defects.

4.students listen, take notes and ask questions.


6

Buffing,

1.buffing and its uses.

2. types of buffing wheels; felt, leather, wool, cotton, cloth, cotton flannel, goblet  etc.

3.types of  buffing compound; lime, rouge, stone, crocus, tripolit, etc.

Explains buffing as an element of finishing.

-state and explain the uses of buffing.

-guides students to  discuss various types of buffing wheels and compounds.

2.demonstrates buffing operations.

-students carry out simple  buffing operation on a given article, e.g. metal spoon.

7

Polishing:-

1 polishing and its uses

2 types of polishing abrasive; flint; garment; emery crocus, boron carbide, etc

3 polish methods; hand , machine.

1.teacher explain the meaning polishing

2.state and explain uses of polishing abrasives.

3. lists various types of polishing abrasives.

4.demonstrates polishing methods.

8

Spot facing:-

  • meaning of spot facing
  • spot facing tools
  • items that can be spot faced
  • spot facing operation

1.Explains spot facing and its uses.

2.decribes spot facing tool and machines.

3.decribes items that can be spot faced.

4.demonstrates spot facing operation.

-the students observe and participate activity


9

Plannishing:-

1 meaning of plannishing

2 purpose

  • to level, stiffen, harden etc

3 plannnishing hammer and stakes.

4 performs so many operations

 1.Explain the meaning and purpose of plannish

 2.Display and explain the uses of plannishing hammer          and stake

 3.Plannished a bowl                                                                           

10

Colouring :-

Meaning of colouring

Colouring materials e.g., hydrochloric acid, carbonic acid and ammonium sulphate etc

Coloring operations

1.Explains colouring state the important.

2.List and explains colouring materials.

3.Decribe the methods of colouring.

4.Demontrates colouring operations, while student participate in colouring, exercise.


11

Enameling,

1.meaning/importance of enameling.

2.types of enamels.

3.equipment for enameling e.g. brush, spray gun, etc.

4.methods of enameling: hand and machine methods.

5.eanmelling operation

  • Explain enamels and its importance.
  • .discusses types of enamels.
  • Discusses enameling equipment .
  • Explains the method of enameling with various method
  • Demonstrates the process of enameling a metal product.
  • Organizing  industrial visits. To students for practical exposure.

12

Picking,

1.meaning of picking

2.picking materials, e.g. sulphuric acid, water etc.

3.picking processes.

Picking operation.


1.explains picking

2.displays and explains picking materials.

3.describes picking operations.

4.picking a metal rod

-the students participate in picking operations.

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


METAL WORK

S S 3 SECOND TERM.

Theme Computer Application In Metal Work.

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1









Introduction of computer Aided design (CAD).

  • Meaning of computer aided design (CAD).
  • Stages in computer aided design; data collection, data analysis, sketches/drawing, simulation.
  • Computer design of parts/ product


  • Explains the meaning of computer aided design.
  • Lists out uses of computer aided design in stages.
  • Demonstrate the application of CAD in design work

2

Introduction to computer aided manufacturing/machining (CAM)

1. Meaning of CAM, manufacturing, machining and production.

1. Explains the meaning of CAM.

2. Explain the uses of CAM

3. Operates automated machine

4. Organizes industrial visits – student listen attentively, take note, and participate actively In the demonstration of CADS

3

Entrepreneurial skills.

  • Meaning of entrepreneurial skills
  • Importance of entrepreneurial skills


  • Setting up a small scale workshop; land, acquisition, erecting a workshop, equipping the workshop.



Manufacture of small scale metal workshop

  • Management of small scale workshop; sourcing of funds, material procurement, job execution, joint partnership.
  • Explain the meaning of entrepreneurial skills
  • Describes the importance of entrepreneurial skills.



  • Enumerates steps in setting up small scale workshop.
  • Student undertake visits to small scale workshop.
  • Student ask questions, take note for more understanding.


  • Outline ways of efficient management of a small scale workshop
  • Highlight source of SME Funds.
  • Students set up a small scale workshop, and practice what they were thought.

4

Practical / project works.

  • State in practical / project design; working drawing, bill of qualities, use of produced items.
  • Supervises practical/ project works.
  • Re – emphasizes safe working habit.
  • Explains preparation of bill of qualities.
  • Student execute project works individually and in group if necessary.


5

Revision

Revision

6-13

Examination

Examination


BASIC ELECTRICITY

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

TRANSFORMERS

-Identification of a basic constructional feature of a transformer.

-Working principles of a transformer.

-Calculation of a transformer ratio.

Display a transformer, draw its diagram, and identify the parts.

-Connect a transformer and read the input and output voltage/current.

-Illustrate calculation of transformer ratio.

2

TRANSFORMER EFFICIENCY

-Classification of transformer by phase and by core.

-Definition of transformer efficiency.

-Calculation of transformer efficiency.

Display sample types of transformer, illustrate calculation of transformer efficiency using formulae.

3

TRANSFORMER AND LOSSES & TRANSFORMER COOLING.

-Sources of transformer losses.

-Types of transformer losses.

-Effects of transformer losses.

Calculation of transformer losses, illustrate various cooling methods, use a type of energy to explain.

4

ENERGY AND ENERGY CONVERSION

-Definition of energy

-Types of energy

-Symbol and unit  of energy

-Concept of energy conversion

-Relationship between various types of energy.

Illustrate various cooling method, use a type of energy to explain, demonstrate energy conversion e.g mechanical to electrical as in electric motor.

5

ILLUSTRATION TEST

Types of illustration test.

Carry out tests on completed installation.

6

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION FAULTS

-Fault location in completed installation.

-Fault remedy in completed installation.

Illustrate common faults e.g open circuits, short circuits, earth faults etc.

7

EARTHING

-Importance of earthing

-Methods of earthing.

-Earthing accessories.

Describe various methods of earthing using samples of accessories.

8

PROTECTIVE DEVICES

-Definition of electrical protective devices.

-Purpose of protective devices in electrical installation.

-Types of protective devices.

-Identification of protective devices.

Display various types of protective devices.

9

PROTECTIVE DEVICES

-Principles of operation of protective devices.

-Function of protective devices.

Install fuses and circuit breakers in a given installation.

10

ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES

-Definition of electrical appliances.

-Classes of electrical appliances.

Display functional electrical appliances.

11

Practical

Practical

12

Revision

Revision

13

Examination

Examination


BASIC ELECTRICITY

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES

-Electrical appliances trouble-shooting.

-Electrical appliances maintenance.

-Electrical appliance repairs.

Demonstrate steps in trouble-shooting electrical appliances, methods of proper handling of electrical appliances, repair simple electrical appliances.

2

NUMBER SYSTEM

-Number base

-Calculation involving number bases.

-Conversion from one number base to another.

Carry out mathematical operations in different bases.

3

LOGIN GATES

-Definition of logic gates.

-Symbols of login gates.

-Application of logic gates.

Display samples of login gates.

4-5

REVISION

GENERAL REVISION

6-7

MOCK EXAMINATION



BASIC ELECTRONICS

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

AMPLIFIER

Concept and principles of amplifier.

The teacher defines and explains the principle of amplifier. The students participate in discussion.

Intructional Materials: Pictures of amplifier circuits.

2

AMPLIFIERS

Classes of amplifier; bipolar, JFET, MOSFET, etc

The teacher discusses the classes of amplifier, based on  operating characteristic.

Students copy notes.

Intructional Materials: Pictures of amplifier.

3

AMPLIFIER

Applications of amplifier, e.g radio frequency, audio and intermediate frequency.

The teacher lists the applications of amplifier. Students copy notes.

Intructional Materials: Chart of applications of amplifiers.

4

FEEDBACK CIRCUIT

Principles of feedback and types of feedback amplifiers e.g positive and negative feedback.

The teacher discusses types of feedback amplifier.

Students ask questions and copy notes.

Intructional Materials: Chart of diagrams of feedback amplifiers.

5

OSCILLATOR

Concept of oscillator and feedback.

The teacher explains the principles of oscillator.

Intructional Materials: Chart of oscillator.

6

OSCILLATOR

Types of oscillator e.g. tuned collector, Hartley oscillator and colpit oscillator etc.

Teacher lists and explains types of oscillator.

Students copy notes. Diagram of oscillator.

7

OSCILLATOR

Applications of oscillator e.g. telecom, alarm clock, computer etc.

Teacher guides students to state the applications of oscillator.

8

SATELLITE

Concept and principles of transmission and reception system in satellite.

The teacher explains the concept of satellite communication and the principles of transmission and reception system.

9

SATELLITE

Principle of operation of satellite receiver section e.g. dish/LNB, decoder, MPV, audio section.

The teacher explains the principles of operation of dish/ LNB, frequency change, video crystal.

Intructional Materials: Charts

10

SATELLITE

Types of satellite dish and LNB

The teacher leads the discussion on types of satellite dish and LBN. Students identify sections of a telephone.

Intructional Materials: Pictures of different GSM phones.

11

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)

Principle of operation of telephone.

The teacher explains the operation of telephone.

Students identify sections of a telephone.

Intructional Materials: Pictures of different GSM phones.

12

Revision

Revision

13

Examination

Examination


BASIC ELECTRONICS

SS 3 2ND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)

Operation of internet system.

The teacher explains the operation of internet system. Students ask and answer questions.

Intructional Materials: Chart of operation of internet system.

2

INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)

Operation of global system mobile (GSM) phones.

 The teacher explains the operation of Global System Mobile (GSM) phones.

Students draw the block diagram of GSM phones, pictures of different GSM phones.

Intructional Materials: Pictures of web connection.

3

CONTROL CIRCUITS

Concept of control circuits and types of control circuits.

The teacher explains the concept of control circuits, state types of control circuit.

Students participate in discussion.

Intructional Materials: Charts and software on control circuits.

4

CONTROL CIRCUITS

Principles of operation of control circuits.

The teacher explains principle of operation of control circuits.  Students participate in discussion.

Intructional Materials: Charts and software on control circuits.

5

SERVO-MECHANISM

Operation of servo-system.

The teacher explains the operation of servo-system.

Students participate in discussion.

Intructional Materials: Charts of objects that operate on the principles of servo- system e.g. car doors, boots, and relays.

6

SERVO-MECHANISM

Application of servo-system, e.g. in car doors, and boots reflects photo-electric rays etc

The teacher explains applications of servo-system, e.g. car doors and boots, reflects photo-electric rays etc.

Students ask and answer questions. Copy notes.

Intructional Materials: Charts of objects that operate on the principles of servo- systems, e.g. car doors, boots and relays.

7

ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN ELECTRONICS

Business opportunities in electronics.

The teacher explains business opportunities In electronics.

Students listen attentively.

Intructional Materials: Video clip.

8

ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN ELECTRONICS

Sources of fund for business take-off.

The teacher explains sources of fund for business take-off. Students ask questions.

Intructional Materials: Business proposal.

9

ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN ELECTRONICS

Budgeting.

The teacher explains budgeting.

Students copy notes.

Intructional Materials: Visit to electronic business premises.

10

ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN ELECTRONICS

Business management.

The teacher explains business management. Students copy notes. Intructional Materials: Visit to electronic business premises.

11

Revision

Revision

12

Examination

Examination






AUTO MECHANICS WORK

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE OF THE CHASSIS—

  • Chassis alignment, maintain and adjust coupings.
  • Chassis joints e.g permanent joints, temporary joints.
  • Engine mountings, suspension units.


The teacher explains and carries out chassis alignment process, explain the procedures of joining chassis, identifies the procedures of supporting various components.

The students will observe and practice the procedures involved in alignment process, examine the methods of supporting/joining chassis, examine and observe method of supporting various components.

Resources; live vehicle, complete vehicle, chassis, tool box, charts, poster, etc.

2

ENGINE—DEFINITION AND TYPES

We have turbine engine, wankel rotary engine.

The teacher will define, list and explain types of engine, firing order. He will explain the operational sequence in gas turbine and wankel engine.

The students will listen to the definitions, observe the procedures involved in determining firing order, observe the operational sequence in gas turbine and wankel engine.

Resources; live vehicle, posters, and charts.

3

ENGINE--- COMBUSTION CHAMBERS, MAINTENANCE, OVERHAULING AND DECARBONIZATION

The teacher identifies types of combustion chambers, types of engine firing order, and explain the term decarbonization.

The students identify the types of combustion chambers, visit a medium workshop, observe the firing order.

Resources; live vehicle, fluid fly wheel, gear box, propeller shaft.

4

FLUID FLY WHEEL AND TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS—FLUID FLY WHEEL, GEARBOX, PROPELLER SHAFT.

The teacher will explain the operation and constructional details of a fluid fly wheel. He will also explain the principle of synchronization and gearbox and propeller shaft.

The students will make free hand sketches and label fluid fly wheel, propeller shaft, types of universal joint, gearbox.

Resources; live vehicle, fluid fly wheel, gearbox, propeller shaft.

5

FLUID FLY WHEEL AND TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS—UNIVERSAL JOINTS, REAR AXLE.

He teacher will dismantle, inspect and reassemble a rear axle. He will test the propeller shaft for straightness (using dial indication and vee-block). He will reassemble component parts of the gear box. The students will identify and examine types of rear axle assembly; semi- floating, three- quarter floating, fully floating. Resources; live vehicle, rear axle, tools, posters, charts, universal joints.

6

SUSPENSION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE—MAINTENANCE OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM.

The teacher will explain the need for suspension maintenance, carry out maintenance on suspension.

The students will participate in the maintenance, and also state the need for maintenance.

Resources; real objects, suspension system, spanner, screw drivers, hammers, charts.

7

STEERING SYSTEMS—POWER ASSISTED STEERING

The teacher will sketch and explain the principles of operation of the power assisted steering.

The students will observe the teacher’s demonstration, and practice the sketches of steering geometry.

Resources; power assisted steering unit, types of suspension, charts, posters etc.

8

STEERING SYSTEMS—

-Principles of operation and construction of a steering system.

-Principle of operation of ackerman linkage.

-Camber angle

-Castor angle

-Toe-in and toe-out

-Kingpin inclination.

-Under-steer and over-steer.

The teacher will explain with sketches, the principle of steering geometry.

The students will observe and explain the principle of operation of manual steering and power assisted steering.

Resources; power assisted steering unit, manual steering, types of suspension, charts, posters, toolbox etc.

9

ADDITIVES AND TYPES OF COOLING SYSTEM---

Oil additives,

 air cooling system,

 water cooling system,

Comparison of air and water cooling system.

The teacher will define additives, explain types of additives, state the reason for additives, demonstrate the reason for grease gum, carry out flushing of a radiator.

The students will carry out radiator flushing, observe and demonstrate operation of grease gum.

Resources; radiator, grease gum, charts, posters, etc.

10

FUEL PUMP AND MUFLER DESIGN—

  • Functions of fuel pump.
  • Advantages and disadvantages of mechanical and electrical fuel pump.

The teacher will display specimen of types of fuel pump, dismantle and explain the parts in a fuel pump, emphasize the importance of each part.

The students will examine specimen of fuel pump types, carry out simple test of fuel delivery.

Resources; live vehicle, types of fuel pump, charts, etc

11

FUEL PUMP AND MUFLER DESIGN—FUNCTIONS AND TYPES OF MUFLER

The teacher will display specimen of silencer unit.

The students will examine various types of muffler.

Resources; live vehicle, silencers, muffler, charts.

12

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

-Functions of anti-lock braking system.

-Advantages and disadvantages of anti-lock braking system.

The teacher will explain the importance and the principles of operation of anti-lock braking system, He will demonstrate ABS, and also list the components of ABS system.

The students will examine and observe teachers demonstration, and also identify various ABS components.

Resources; live vehicle with ABS system.

13

REVISION AND EXAMINATION



AUTO MECHANICS WORK

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

BRAKING SYSTEM FAULTS TRACING.

-Types of brake faults.

-Remedy of faulty brakes.


The teacher will explain the meaning of brake faults, identify various brake faults, demonstrates the effect of faulty brake in a vehicle, carry out maintenance on faulty brakes.

The students will participate in class workshop activities, observe teacher’s demonstration, and practice the techniques, observe various faults as identified, participate in the maintenance of faulty brakes.

Resources; complete brakes, tools and equipments, brake fluid, charts, and posters.

2

WHEELS AND TYRE BALANCING—

-Light alloy RIMS

-Pressed steel disc

-Wire wheels

-Interchanging tyres

-Types of tyre balancing.

The teacher will emphasize on the importance of wheel and tyre balancing, display types and RIMS for identification, carry out wheel balancing and alignment.

The students listen attentively and observe types of RIMS, observe the interchanging of tyre, and the balancing of alignment.

Resources; live vehicle, wheel balancing, wheel alignment gauge, balancing weight, wire brush, posters, charts etc.

3

ENTERPRISE—

  • Types of enterprise
  • Advantages& disadvantages of different types of enterprise in automobile, e.g
  • Vulcanizing
  • Suspension
  • Brake
  • Steering

The teacher lists and identifies types of business organization, he also emphasizes the objectives of auto mobile business organization.

The students listen to the teacher attentively and participate in class discussion.

Resources; visits to different types of automobile business organization.


BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

SCALING ENLARGEMENT AND REDUCTION

  • Drawing of special detail (enlargement and reduction)
  • Pictorial and prospective view drawings
  • Auto CADD

Teacher enlarges a special point on a building plan to show detail, guides students to use scale in enlarging and reducing drawings, introduces students to pictorial perspective drawings, and computer aided drawings.

Students use scale rule to enlarge given special detail area, practice the pictorial drawing, operate an auto CAD environment and at least draw a line diagram of a garage.

Resources; scale rule, T-square, drawing board, existing plan, desktop and laptop computer etc.

2

ROOF COVERING

  • Roof covering materials
  • Fixing of roof covering materials.
  • Protection of roof from rain, wind, lightening etc

Teacher explains roof covering materials and the procedures of fixing roof materials, explains reasons for protecting roofs.

Students state roof covering materials and identify reasons for protecting roof. Visit any site under construction.

Resources; sample roof materials, aluminum, flashing concrete, facial boards etc.

3

CEILING

  • Purpose of ceiling
  • Identification of ceiling parts
  • Materials used for ceiling etc

Teacher discusses purposes of ceiling, parts of ceiling, explains materials used for ceiling e.g. abbestors, cellotex, nail boards etc

Students state the purpose of ceiling and its functions, identify parts of ceiling, visit any construction site.

Resources; nails, ceiling board, barters etc.

4

PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM

  • Quality of good drainage
  • System of drainage pipe work
  • Description of septic tank and soakaway
  • Detailed drawing required.

Teacher states quality of good drainage, system of pipe work e.g. one pipe, two pipe, and single stack system, illustrate with sketches the system of pipe work, list advantages and disadvantages of each system.

Students state the quality of good drainage system, identify the system of drainage pipe work, sketch the system of drainage pipe work, state the purpose of septic tank and soakaway.

Resources; pipes with accessories, gum, diagram etc.

5

SOLAR SYSTEM

  • Definition of solar system energy
  • Functions of solar system
  • Components of solar system.


Teacher defines solar energy, states the functions of solar system, and its components.

Students define solar energy, state the functions of solar system, and its components.

6

PLASTERING AND RENDERING

  • Definition and
  • Materials for plastering.
  • Tools and equipments used for plastering and rendering
  • Coats in plastering
  • Procedures used in plastering.

Teacher explains plastering and rendering, and state it differences, functions of plastering and rendering, tools used for plastering and rendering, and the mixing ratio.

Students explain plastering and rendering, state it differences, functions of plastering and rendering, identify tools used for plastering and rendering, and the mixing ratio.

Resources; finishing tools e.g. angle trowel, float, steel etc.

7

PLASTERING AND RENDERING

  • Explain method of detecting defects in plastering and rendering.
  • Demonstrate methods of detecting plastering and rendering defects.
  • List and explain ways of preventing plastering and rendering defects.
  • Explain differences between plastering and rendering.

Teacher explains plastering and rendering, and state it differences, functions of plastering and rendering, tools used for plastering and rendering, and the mixing ratio.

Students explain plastering and rendering, state it differences, functions of plastering and rendering, identify tools used for plastering and rendering, and the mixing ratio.

Resources; finishing tools e.g. angle trowel, float, steel etc

8

FLOOR FINISHES

  • Description of floor finishing materials e.g. cement, cement screed, terrazzo, PVC, etc
  • Preparation of floor for finishing
  • Mix for floor finishing e. screed, PVC, etc.

Teacher explains mixing, laying and curing of floor finishes, demonstrates how floor finishes can be constructed, explain durability, noise level, and safety of floor finishing materials, take students to any construction site.

Students identify types of materials used for floor finishes, prepare mixes for cement, sand screed, terrazzo, etc, visit any construction site on floor finishes.

Resources; materials for floor finishing e.g. cement, sand, gravel, granite, chipping, ebonite stripe, tools and equipments, shovel, head pan, spirit level etc.

9

CEILING FINISHES

  • Learning of finishes
  • Explain different types of materials for ceiling finishes
  • Emphasizes; particular materials for specific functions.

Teacher explains ceiling finishes, and the materials used for ceiling finishes, functions of ceiling finishes.

Students explain different types materials used for ceiling finishes, functions of ceiling.

Resources; samples of different materials used for ceiling finishes. finishes.

10

FENCE AND FENCING

  • Explanation of types of fence
  • Materials for fencing
  • Construction of fence.

Teacher identifies different types of fence, explain its functions and materials, visit any construction site.

Students identify functions of fence, and materials used, visit any construction site.

Resources; blocks, bricks, timber etc.

11

GATES

  • Types of gates
  • Production of gates
  • Fixing of gates.

Teacher explains types of gates in terms of materials and functions, explain how gates can be fixed.

Students identify different types of gates and materials used for construction, and procedures to follow when fixing gates.

Resources; steel sheet, timber, plank etc.

12

Revision

Revision

13

Examination

Examination


BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ACCESS ROAD

  • Types of access roads.
  • Materials for construction of access roads.
  • Construction techniques.

Teacher explains types of access roads and the materials used for its construction, demonstrate the methods in which access roads can be constructed.

Students identify types of access roads and the materials used for the construction, visit any construction site.

Resources; charts, video clips, pictures, photographs, sample materials used for road construction.

2

LANDSCAPING

  • The need for a beautiful environment
  • Ways of beautifying an environment
  • Materials for landscaping
  • Procedures for landscaping.


Teacher states the materials needed for landscaping, leads students to building site for physical identification of landscaping.

Students state the importance of landscaping, and the materials that can be used for landscaping, visit any construction site.

Resources; flowers, trees, shrubs, concrete, kerbs, top soil etc

3

LOCALLY SOURCED BUILDING MATERIALS

  • Definition of locally sourced building materials
  • Factors militating against use of these materials
  • New building materials development.

Teacher explains the locally sourced materials of building, lists and explains factors affecting integration of these materials, discuss various development in building materials.

Students identify various types of locally sourced building materials, list factors affecting the locally sourced materials, identify factors affecting integration of these materials.

Resources; materials such as rise husk ash (RHA), pulverized fuel (PFA).

4

Examination

Examination









WOOD WORK

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

PROJECT DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION;

Concept of design, fundamentals, process factors and basic draftsmanship skills.

Teacher guides students to select appropriate design problem, supervise preliminary free hand sketching, preparation of working drawings, cutting list and bill of materials, casting, etc

Plan and execute projects.

2

PROJECT SELECTION AND DESIGN PREPARATION OF WORKING DRAWINGS CUTTING LIST, BILL OF MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION AND APPLICATION OF FINISHES.


Select projects and prepare working drawing, cutting list, bill of materials etc.

Prepare preliminary free hand sketching, working drawing etc.

Resources; magazines, catalogs, internet, showrooms, etc

3

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS AND MATERIALS;

Types, uses, of upholstery tools, materials and their sketches.


Display common upholstery materials.

Take students to upholstery workshop, state uses upholstery tools and materials. Use upholstery tools and materials

Resources; upholstery materials, tools etc.

4

PROCESSES AND TECHNIQUES

Demonstrate preparation of upholstery platforms, padding and covering.

Prepare upholstery platforms, pad and cover platform.

Resources; platforms, padding and covering materials, upholstery tools.

5

WOOD TURNING;

Parts of the lathe machines and their uses, wood turning tools, uses, sketches, and how to prepare wood for turning.

Display diagrams showing parts of wood lathe. State uses of wood turning tools. Identify parts of wood lathe, sketch and state uses of wood turning tools.

Resources; turned items, wood lathe, turning tools, wood etc.

6

WOOD CARVING AND SCULPTURE;

Characteristics of wood suitable for carving and sculpture, tools techniques and processes.

Name timber suitable for carving and sculpture. Practice carving and sculpturing.

Resources; suitable wood for carving and sculpture, carving and sculpturing tools, posters and charts, carved objects and sculptures.

7

SURFACE DECORATION; TYPES OF SURFACE DECORATION, TECHNIQUES, TOOLS, AND MATERIALS USED, E.G IN LAYING.

Display surface decoration, patterns, tools, materials etc

Carry out surface decoration.

Resources; tools, and materials for surface decoration.

8

WOOD SHAPING;

Types of wood shapes, e.g rounding, moulding, tempering, etc.

Illustrate different wood shapes, process wood shaping and produce.

Carry out beveling, chamfering, tapering, rounding, moulding, etc

Resources; tools and machines for wood shaping.

9

TOOLS AND MACHINES FOR WOOD SHAPING; PRACTICAL DEMONSTRATION.

Display and show tools and machines for wood shaping.

Carry out rounding, moulding activities.

Resources; tools and machines for wood shaping.

10

NON WOOD MATERIALS SUCH AS GLASS, PLASTICS, RUBBER, CERAMICS, METAL, ETC, CHARACTERISTICS AND USES

Display common non wood materials, their uses, and characteristics.

State the characteristics and uses of non- wood materials.

Resources; samples of non wood materials.

11

MASS PRODUCTION;

Concepts and principles e.g templates, fixtures, production line, production team, etc

Describe mass production, principles and allied terms, designs, producer and uses of templates.

Design produce and use templates.

Resources; templates, jigs, cardboards, plywood, tools, etc

12

DESIGN AND PRODUCTION OF TEMPLATES AND MASS PRODUCTION LINE PROCESS.

Produce designs and templates, fixtures, devision of labour, etc.

Design produce and use templates.

Resources; templates, jigs, cardboards, plywood, tools, etc

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


WOOD WORK

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

QUALITY CONTROL;

Definition, purpose and methods, e.g. go-no-go gauge, posters, and charts.

Discuss quality control in wood working entrepreneurship.

Visit furniture industry and study quality control measures in practice.

Resources; inspection devices- go-no-go gauge, posters, and charts.

2

ESTIMATING AND COSTING;

Measuration preparation of cutting list and bill of materials.


Guide students in the process of measuration, estimating, and costing, selecting wood-work projects.

Estimate the cost of a project.

Resources; sample projects, working drawings and measuring tools and calculators.

3

MANAGING WOOD-WORK PRODUCTION SYSTEM;

Production planning, material procurement.


Explain production, planning, material procurement, estimating and costing, fund sourcing, managing human and financial resources, division of labour, customer relation and salesmanship.

Choose a furniture production outfit and understudy management of enterprise.

Resources; organizational chart, flow charts, etc.

4

Revision and Examination

Revision and Examination


HOME MANAGEMENT

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONENT

ACTIVITIES

1-

Test Interpretation

  • Interpretation of given test.
  • Time plan
  • Guidelines in making a time plan


2-

Pregnancy and child development

  • The reproductive system of a woman and man.
  • Explanation of the following terms – ovulation, fertilization, signs of pregnancy.
  • Pre-natal / antenatal care, advantages.
  • Child birth preparation
  • Stages of lab our.
  • Post – natal care and advantages.


  • Explain the meaning of pregnancy and child birth process.

Students: 1- Listen to teacher.  2- Ask and answer questions.

Learning materials: chart.


3-

Pregnancy and child development

Baby’s layette

  • Meaning and contents of baby’s layette.
  • Factors to consider when selecting and buying baby’s layette.
  • Care of a baby.
  • Weaning of a baby.
  • Discuss babies layette and care of a baby.
  • Leads students to discussion.

Students: take part in class discussion.



4-

Care of a toddler

Parenting

  • Meaning and care of a toddler- feeding, hygiene etc.
  • Bowl and bladder control.
  • Meaning, importance and responsibilities of parents- modeling mentoring, provision etc.
  • Explain weaning and steps of weaning.



5-

Child development and care

  • Meaning of child development, related terms.
  • Principles of development.
  • Factors that affect development and growth.
  • Types- mental, physical, social etc.

- Discuss the topic.

-  Guides students to discussion.

    Students: listen and participate in class discussion.

     Learning materials: charts.



6-

Common ailments in children

  • Types, causes prevention and treatment of each type.

- Discuss the topic with the students.


7-

Common ailments in children

Immunization- meaning and schedule. Toys and play materials-

  • Meaning of play.
  • Importance of play.
  • Types of toys.
  • Factors to consider when choosing/selecting and buying toys.
  • Explain immunization and play in early childhood.

Students: listen and copy notes.

Learning materials: real objects e.g. toys of different types.


8-

Home health care

  • Common home accidents.
  • The home medicine chest/first aid box and its contents.
  • Basic first aid to be given to accident victim in the home.
  • Discuss the topic with the students.

Students: listen and ask questions.

Learning materials: real objects.

9-

Food purchasing


Contents

  • Factors to consider when buying- meat, tubers, grains, fruits and vegetables.
  • Guidelines and procedures for purchasing foods.
  • Wise purchasing practices- importance of wise purchasing.
  • Advantages and disadvantages of live purchase.
  • Record keeping.
  • Explains factors to consider when buying meat, fruits etc.

Students: participate in class discussion.


10-

Market survey

  • Roles of co-operatives in consumerism. 
  • Meaning of market and market survey.
  • Uses and importance of market survey, procedure for market survey.


  • Leads students in discussion.
  • Gives assignment.

     Students- listen to teacher and carryout assignment.

     Learning materials: charts.


11-

Market

Types of markets e.g. stock market and e- market etc



12-

Advantages and disadvantages of each type.



13-

Revision and Examination

Revision and Examination


HOME MANAGEMENT

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONENT

ACTIVITIES

1-

Sanitation in the home.

  • Meaning and importance of sanitation.
  • Drainage system, types, cleaning.
  • Maintenance and repair of blocked gutters, sinks.
  • Household waste and disposal.
  • Explains sanitation in the home.
  • Takes students out to clean drains.

Students: participate in cleaning of gutters.


2-

Household pests.

Meaning of pests, types, effect and control.


  • Explains pest and types. Guides students in discussion.


3-

Kitchen plan, hygiene and safety.

  • Kitchen plans- types.
  • Personal kitchen hygiene.
  • Safety measures in the kitchen.
  • Kitchen equipment and utensils; types, uses and maintenance.


  • Leads students in discussion of kitchen hygiene.

Students: participate class discussion.

Learning materials: real objects- kitchen utensils.


4-

Table setting and meal services.

  • Types of table setting and meal services.
  • Table wares.
  • Entertainment, occasion for entertainment e.g. wedding etc.
  • Guidelines for entertainment.
  •  Plan for occasion.
  •  Characteristics of a good host and hostess.
  • Practical (prepare a simple dish for entertainment).


  • Explains table setting and table wares.
  • Guide students in the discussion of good host and hostess.

Students: participate in class discussion.

Learning materials: real objects for preparing simple dish.



5-

Test interpretations.

Practical continues in all the various topics covered.




6-

Revision

Revision

7-

Examination.

Examination.


FOOD AND NUTRITION

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1







Consumer education

  • Meaning of consumer education.
  • Principles of consumer education.
  • Rights of consumer education.
  • Importance of consumer education.
  • Consumer agents.
  • Marketers-definition and types e.g. distributors, hawkers, sales agents, network, wholesalers and retailers.
  • Government agencies and their regulations:-
  • World food agencies.
  • Regulations and functions.
  • Federal and state agencies.
  • Functions and regulations.


Teacher:-

Explains the meaning of consumer education.

Discusses the disadvantages of impulse buying and the concept of consumer agents and their operations.

Students:-

Participate in class discussion, ask questions and copy notes.

Learning materials:-

A chart showing distribution network.

2

Food budgeting

  • Meaning of food budgeting.
  • Types of budgeting ( primary and secondary budget).
  •  Factors influencing food budgeting.
  • Shopping list.
  • Petty cash.
  • Food cost.
  • Making a price list and preparing food budget considering the nutritional need of family members.



Teacher:-

  • Explains the meaning of family budget. Prepares an imaginary budget for a family.

Students:-

Participates in class discussion, ask and answer questionsand write an imaginary food budget for a family.

Learning materials:-

A chart showing an imaginary food and family budget.




3

Choice and storage of food stuff.

  • Storage equipments.
  • Storage of perishable and non-perishable foods.
  • Factors affecting selection.
  • Bulk purchasing.
  • The shopping list
  •  Market survey
  •  Cost analysis.
  • Meaning of common terms price list, food list, bulk buying, commercial foods, homemade foods, brand name, net weight, gross weight.


Teacher:-

  • Guides the discussion on bulk purchasing of food, factors affecting food selection.
  • Explains how to use some storage equipment and compare price of various goods.

Students:-

Participate in the discussion, prepare some foodstuffs for storage.

Learning materials:-

Charts on storage facilities and samples of perishable and non- perishable foods.

4-

ICPC

  • Definition, function of ICPC.
  • Penalties for such offences.
  • Misappropriation of family food budget e.g. diversion of food budget to personal usage.


Teacher :-

- Explains consequences of family food budget misappropriation

Students:-Participate in the discussion, ask and answer questions




5





                 

Nutritional needs of the family.

  • Meaning of the nutritional needs.
  • Nutritional need of different e.g. infants and children
  • Adolescents
  • Adults and the aged
  • Pregnant and lactating
  • Factors affecting meal planning.
  • Planning of adequate diet.
  • Test interpretation.
  • Practical

Teacher:-

Discussion on nutritional needs of different age groups, factors affecting meal planning. Demonstrate how to prepare simple and adequate meal for the family.

Students:-

Participate in discussion and plan simple and adequate meals for the family.

Learning material:-Food items, dishes cooking utensils.

                  






6

Special diets.

  • Meaning of :-
  • Vegetarian, invalid, convalescent, overweight, underweight, HIV/AIDS.
  • Vegetarian diets.
  • Strict vegetarian
  • Lacto vegetarian
  • Lacto- ovo- vegetarian.
  • Invalid and convalescent diets.
  • Diet for persons suffering from:-
  • Fever and infection.
  • HIV/AIDS.
  • Over weight and weight.
  • Practical.

Teacher:-

Explain the meaning of terms e.g. vegetarian, invalid etc. Plan a day’s diet for vegetarian, invalid etc.

Students:-

Participate in discussion, and plan a day’s diet for special needs. 

Learning materials: - Charts showing diets for special needs. 


7

The art of entertainment

  • Being a good host/hostess.
  • Planning ahead.
  • Issuing invitation.
  • Receiving guests.
  • Table settings.
  • Formal table settings.
  • Informal table settings.
  • Serving of foods.
  • Waiting at table.
  • Cleaning after meals.
  • Being a good guest.
  • Response to invitation.
  • Table manners.
  • Practical. 

Teacher:-

Discusses entertainment with students.

Demonstrates different table setting.

Students:-

Participate in the discussion and observe teacher’s demonstration.

Learning materials:-

Table setting materials and a chart showing different types of table setting.


8

Cultural food habits.

  • Meaning of food habits and taboos.
  • Food habits.
  • Facts and fallacies.
  • Taboos.
  • Traditional and foreign dishes e.g. Nigerian, Indian, American, Chinese and other African countries.
  • Practical.

Teacher:-

Guides the discussion on meaning of food, facts and fallacies, traditional dishes and foreign dishes.

Students:-

Participate in the discussion, ask and answer questions.

Learning materials:-

Cut out photographs of intercontinental dishes, posters and charts.


9

Food for special occasions.

  • Special occasions.
  • Weddings, thanksgiving services, birthdays, naming etc
  • Special foods.
  • Fried rice, jollof rice, pounded yam/ soup, moi-moi, semovita/ soup.
  • Practical.

Teacher:-

Discuss food for special occasion and demonstrate the preparation of food for special occasions.

Students:-

Participate in the demonstration.

Learning materials:-

Charts showing the different occasions and accompanying dishes.

10

Beverages

  • Types of beverages.
  • Alcoholic e.g. beer, wine etc.
  • Non-alcoholic e.g. coffee and tea, cocoa drink, milk and egg drink, fruit juices and drinks.
  • Nutrive values of the drinks.

Teacher:-

List alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages.

Explain how to prepare different fruit juices and drinks and coffee and tea.

Students:-

Participate in the discussion and practice in groups to prepare fruit juice and coffee and tea.

Learning materials:-

Sample of some alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages and fruit juices.


11

Revision

Revision

12

Examination

Examination


FOOD AND NUTRITION

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1-

Rechauffe (left-over Cookery)

  • Meaning of rechauffe
  • Use of left-over food in making new dishes.
  • Rechauffe of meat.
  • Rechauffe of vegetable.
  • Rechauffe of fish.
  • Rechauffe of other foods.
  • Practical.

Teacher

Lead discussion on meaning of “rechauffe” left over food, packaging and storage of left over foods. Demonstrate how to prepare some left over foods.

Students

Participate in the discussion and observe teacher’s demonstration and packaging of left over foods.

Learning materials

Cut out photograph of displayed left over food.

2-

Food study (Meat)

  • Types and cuts of meat we use for meal preparation e.g. beef, veal, pork, larub, mutton, goat, game, offals, liver, heart, kidney, etc.
  • Factors to consider when choosing meat.
  • Nutrive value of meat.
  • Methods of cooking meat.
  • Advantages and disadvantages of each method.
  • Practical.

Teacher

Displays types of meat and cuts.

Demonstrate the cooking methods.

Students: Identify the different type of cut and meat. Practice cooking some meat.

Teaching and learning Materials:- Samples of different cuts of meat. Chart Showing some different cut s of meat.


3-

Food study (poultry)

  • Types of poultry e.g. chicken, broiler, turkey, goose, game.
  • Factors to consider when choosing poultry.
  • Nutrive value of poultry.
  • Preparation of poultry for cooking.
  • Advantages and disadvantages of each method.
  • Practical.

Teacher

Leads a discussion on poultry.

Demonstrate poultry preparation using different cooking methods.

Students

Identify the different types of poultry. Practice preparation and some cooking methods.

Learning material

Pictures of different types of poultry.

4-5

Mock examination.

Mock examination.

CLOTHING AND TEXTILES

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ART ELEMENTS IN DECORATIVE WORK

Collage – thread, sand, bottle filling etc

(Practical)


Teacher: Demonstrates how to make collage using different materials.

Resources: Beads, sand, broken bottles, board template etc.

2

NEEDLE CRAFT

  • Knitting – abbreviations
  • Starting to knit (methods)
  • Knitting various patterns – ribbing, garter, stocking, stitches etc. (practical)


Teacher; Discusses knitting abbreviations and demonstrates knitting stitches

Resources: Knitting pins, wool etc

3

NEEDLE CRAFT

  • Knitting decorative articles – food cover, cap, stockings etc (Practical)


Teacher: Guides students in the making of the decorative articles.

Resources: Knitting pins, wools etc

4

INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT)

  • Meaning of ICT
  • Role of computer in Clothing and Textiles e.g. use of computerized sewing machine.
  • Computer technology and  globalization in clothing and textiles (obtaining information from the internet)
  • Computer aided textiles designing
  • Use of computer in pattern drafting e.g. use of Corel draw.

Teacher: Explains the meaning and role of computer in clothing and textiles. Demonstrates how to use the internet and how to use the computer to create designs.

Resources: Compute system.


5

ICT

Textile Designs

  • Monogramming
  • Embroidery
  • Other computer aided designs

Teacher: Demonstrates how to use the computer to create designs

Resources: Samples of computerized textile designs.

6

CONSUMER EDUCATION

  • Definition
  • Principles
  • Rights of consumers
  • Disadvantages of impulsive buying

Teacher: Explains the definition, principles and rights of consumers and the disadvantages of impulsive buying.

Resources: Chart on Consumer Education

7

CONSUMER AGENTS

  • Market
  • Distributors
  • Hawkers
  • Mobile shops etc


Teacher: Leads the discussion on types of consumer agents.

Resources: chart on consumer agents. (Pictures)

8

GOVERNMENT AGENCIES

  • Government Agencies and Regulations guiding the clothing and textiles Industry e.g. Consumer Protection Council (CPC)

Teacher: Discusses the rules and regulations of Government Agencies guiding Clothing and Textiles Production.

Resources: Chart.

9

COMMUNITY PROGRAMMES

  • Cooperative societies – definition and importance
  • Advantages and disadvantages.

Teacher: Discusses the meaning and importance of community programmes.

Resources: charts on community programmes

10

MASS MEDIA

  • Definition
  • Types e.g. electronic – radio, television. Print – newspaper, magazines, journals etc
  • Advantages and disadvantages
  • The role of mass media in fashion business – advertisement

Teacher: Leads the discussion on meaning, types, advantages and disadvantages of mass media.

Resources: Pictures of mass Media types.

11

MODELLING EDUCATION

  • Meaning of modelling
  • Basic modelling skills
  • Figure types in relation to modelling
  • Good grooming and modelling

Teacher: Explains the meaning and skill of modelling

Resources: Charts on modelling 

12

MODELLING EDUCATION

  • Posture and modelling
  • Costume and modelling
  • Culture and dressing in modelling

Teacher: Explains the roles of posture, costume, culture and dressing in modelling.

Resource: Pictures

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


CLOTHING AND TEXTILES

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN CLOTHING AND TEXTILES

  • Meaning of entrepreneurship
  • Entrepreneurship skills in clothing and textiles e.g. integrity, self confidence, diligence etc. 


Teacher: Explains the meaning and skills in entrepreneurship.

Resources: Chart

2

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Small Scale Businesses in clothing and textiles

  • Clothing merchandising sales of fabrics, sewing accessories etc
  • Interior decoration
  • Hat and bead making
  • Dress making/tailoring
  • Textile designing – tie dye, batik etc.

Teacher: Leads the discussion on small scale businesses in clothing and textiles.

Resource: Pictures of different small scale business.

3

ENTREPRENEURSHIP

  • Apprentice training programmes
  • Renowned fashion designers in Nigeria e.g. Dakova, Vans Kere, Emel, Kunlex etc.

Teacher: Explains apprentice training programmes and list Nigerian fashion Designers and their areas of interest.

Resources: Pictures of fashion parades.

4-10

REVISION

WAEC and NECO past practical, Essay and Objective questions

Teacher: Guides on how to answer questions correctly.

Resources: Past questions paper.


11-12

EXAMINATION





INTERPRENEURSHIP (TRADE SUBJECTS)



BLOCK LAYING AND BRICK LAYING

SS3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

CONTENTS

ACTIVITIES

1

WALLS

-Types of walling materials.

-Process involved in preparation of wall for plastering.

-Bonding patterns for walling.

Teacher show students different types of materials, stone of granite, marble etc, sketches of the different bonding patterns in walling, identify mix proportion of martar for wall using different materials.

Students select and prepare materials suitable for walling, carry out rendering operation in wall.

2

CONSTRUCTION OF SIMPLE BLOCK/BRICK WALLS

Interpretation of working drawing of various bonds.


Teacher prepare drawing on bonding, explain various types of bonds. Students draw various bonds, put down bonding materials, carry out bonding practical with the help of the teacher.

Resources; tools and materials.

3

BONDING PRACTICAL

Drawing/ practical


Teacher prepare drawing on bonding, explain various types of bonds. Students draw various bonds, put down bonding materials, carry out bonding practical with the help of the teacher.

Resources; tools and materials.

4

SUB-STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION

  • Definition of soil.
  • Types of soil
  • Bearing capacity of soil.
  • Types of floors and methods of construction

Teacher define and state types of soil, explain the term floor, and state its types, mention materials for floor, describe process of construction.

Students name types.

5

SUB-STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION

  • Methods of placing and positioning D.P.C in walls.
  • Need for the provision of weathering structures at opening (drawing)


Teacher explain/define DPC, state purpose of DPC, state where its found in an opening e.g (window).

Students identify where DPC are placed in basement and openings, make sketches of various basement walls.

Resources; existing walls or bonding concrete, tiles etc

6

TYPES OF FINISHING IN THE BUILDING TRADE

  • Wall finishes and their application.
  • Functions of ceiling in houses
  • Types of ceiling
  • Ceiling construction and finishing.


Teacher explain wall finishing, its application and functions, state materials for wall and ceiling finishing, display material for wall ceiling finishing (e.g cement-mortar, paints etc.

Students explain functions of wall and ceiling finishing. resources; cement, fine aggregate, paint etc

7

TECHNIQUES AND METHOD OF FIXING VARIOUS TYPES OF WALLS AND CEILING.

Procedures and precaution in laying tiles.

Estimation of quality of tiles from working drawing.


Teacher  explain method of fixing wall, floor, and ceiling tiles, explain method of estimating for both walls and floor tiles.

Students take down facts, carry out assignments on both.

Resources; walls, floors and tiles.

8

TECHNIQUES AND METHODS OF APPLYING PRE-MIXED RENDERING

-Composition properties and methods of applying tyrolean and sandtex.

-Causes of failure in tyrolean finishes.

Teacher explain procedures for rendering and plastering, state materials for plastering/rendering, explain method of applying tyrolean, mention tyrolean materials and tools.

Students state importance of plastering and rendering, mention materials for plastering and rendering, and tyrolean.

Resources; cement, mortar, tools.

9

PRODUCTION OF SOUND RAINFORCED AND MASS CONCRETE STRUCTURE

Common reinforcement concrete.

Simple concrete structure.

Quality for good concrete production.

Method of cast and curing of in-situ concrete.

Teacher define reinforcement, with the aid of drawing, show the position of reinforcement in a concrete slab, quality of good concrete, with aid of diagram, show cast-situ concrete slab with its formwork

Students define reinforcement and state its importance, with well labeled drawing, show reinforce concrete slab.

Resources; reinforcement rod, cement, timber etc

10

PRODUCTION AND USE OF PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE IN CONSTRUCTION.

-Meaning of pre-stressed concrete.

-Uses of pre-stressed concrete

-Procedures and precaution.

Teacher define pre-stressed concrete, state functions of pre-stressed concrete, explain procedures for production of pre-stressed concrete, name materials for pre-stressed concrete.

Students define pre-stressed concrete, state functions of pre-stressed concrete, name materials for pre-stressed concrete.

Resources; tools and equipments, materials for pre-stressed concrete production.


11

REVISION


12

EXAMINATION




BLOCK LAYING AND BRICK LAYING

SS3 SECOND TERM


WEEK

CONTENTS

ACTIVITIES

1

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF STAIRS

Sketches of different types of stairs.

Teacher define stair, explain procedures for the construction of stair, state the purpose of stair, present a well labeled stair case drawing.

Students define stair, and name its purpose in building.

Resources; working drawing of a state.

2

FUNCTION AND PRINCIPLES OF BASIC ROOF CONSTRUCTION

  • Definition of roof
  • Roofing materials and maximum span
  • Roof covering
  • Functional requirement of roof.


Teacher define roof and mention its materials, state functions of roof, state roofing membrane and their sizes.

Students define, and state purpose of roof, state materials for roof, name members of roof structure.

Resources; timber, nails, tools etc

3

INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS TYPES OF SERVICES IN SIMPLE DWELLING.

-Principles of a good drainage

-Standard of domestic drainage system

-Electrical symbols

                                                     

Teacher define drain/drainage system,

Name materials for drainage, explain terms used in drainage e.g(sewer, sewerage).

Students define drainage, and state its materials, name types of drain and materials for drainage system, draw different system of drain.

Resources pipe, tools, connectors, etc

4

REVISION/MOCK EXAMINATION


BLOCK LAYING AND BRICK LAYING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

WALLS

-Types of walling materials.

-Process involved in preparation of wall for plastering.

-Bonding patterns for walling.

Teacher show students different types of materials, stone of granite, marble etc, sketches of the different bonding patterns in walling, identify mix proportion of martar for wall using different materials.

Students select and prepare materials suitable for walling, carry out rendering operation in wall.

2

CONSTRUCTION OF SIMPLE BLOCK/BRICK WALLS

Interpretation of working drawing of various bonds.

Teacher prepare drawing on bonding, explain various types of bonds. Students draw various bonds, put down bonding materials, carry out bonding practical with the help of the teacher.

Resources; tools and materials.

3

BONDING PRACTICAL

Drawing/ practical


Teacher prepare drawing on bonding, explain various types of bonds. Students draw various bonds, put down bonding materials, carry out bonding practical with the help of the teacher.

Resources; tools and materials.

4

SUB-STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION

  • Definition of soil.
  • Types of soil
  • Bearing capacity of soil.
  • Types of floors and methods of construction

Teacher define and state types of soil, explain the term floor, and state its types, mention materials for floor, describe process of construction.

Students name types.

5

SUB-STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION

  • Methods of placing and positioning D.P.C in walls.
  • Need for the provision of weathering structures at opening (drawing)

Teacher explain/define DPC, state purpose of DPC, state where its found in an opening e.g (window).

Students identify where DPC are placed in basement and openings, make sketches of various basement walls.

Resources; existing walls or bonding concrete, tiles etc

6

TYPES OF FINISHING IN THE BUILDING TRADE

  • Wall finishes and their application.
  • Functions of ceiling in houses
  • Types of ceiling
  • Ceiling construction and finishing.

Teacher explain wall finishing, its application and functions, state materials for wall and ceiling finishing, display material for wall ceiling finishing (e.g cement-mortar, paints etc.

Students explain functions of wall and ceiling finishing. resources; cement, fine aggregate, paint etc

7

TECHNIQUES AND METHOD OF FIXING VARIOUS TYPES OF WALLS AND CEILING.

Procedures and precaution in laying tiles.

Estimation of quality of tiles from working drawing.

Teacher  explain method of fixing wall, floor, and ceiling tiles, explain method of estimating for both walls and floor tiles.

Students take down facts, carry out assignments on both.

Resources; walls, floors and tiles.

8

TECHNIQUES AND METHODS OF APPLYING PRE-MIXED RENDERING

-Composition properties and methods of applying tyrolean and sandtex.

-Causes of failure in tyrolean finishes.

Teacher explain procedures for rendering and plastering, state materials for plastering/rendering, explain method of applying tyrolean, mention tyrolean materials and tools.

Students state importance of plastering and rendering, mention materials for plastering and rendering, and tyrolean.

Resources; cement, mortar, tools.

9

PRODUCTION OF SOUND RAINFORCED AND MASS CONCRETE STRUCTURE

Common reinforcement concrete.

Simple concrete structure.

Quality for good concrete production.

Method of cast and curing of in-situ concrete.

Teacher define reinforcement, with the aid of drawing, show the position of reinforcement in a concrete slab, quality of good concrete, with aid of diagram, show cast-situ concrete slab with its formwork

Students define reinforcement and state its importance, with well labeled drawing, show reinforce concrete slab.

Resources; reinforcement rod, cement, timber etc

10

PRODUCTION AND USE OF PRE-STRESSED CONCRETE IN CONSTRUCTION.

-Meaning of pre-stressed concrete.

-Uses of pre-stressed concrete

-Procedures and precaution.

Teacher define pre-stressed concrete, state functions of pre-stressed concrete, explain procedures for production of pre-stressed concrete, name materials for pre-stressed concrete.

Students define pre-stressed concrete, state functions of pre-stressed concrete, name materials for pre-stressed concrete.

Resources; tools and equipments, materials for pre-stressed concrete production.


11

Revision

Revision

12

Examination

Examination


BLOCK LAYING AND BRICK LAYING

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF STAIRS

Sketches of different types of stairs.

Teacher define stair, explain procedures for the construction of stair, state the purpose of stair, present a well labeled stair case drawing.

Students define stair, and name its purpose in building.

Resources; working drawing of a state.

2

FUNCTION AND PRINCIPLES OF BASIC ROOF CONSTRUCTION

  • Definition of roof
  • Roofing materials and maximum span
  • Roof covering
  • Functional requirement of roof.


Teacher define roof and mention its materials, state functions of roof, state roofing membrane and their sizes.

Students define, and state purpose of roof, state materials for roof, name members of roof structure.

Resources; timber, nails, tools etc

3

INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS TYPES OF SERVICES IN SIMPLE DWELLING.

-Principles of a good drainage

-Standard of domestic drainage system

-Electrical symbols                 

Teacher define drain/drainage system,

Name materials for drainage, explain terms used in drainage e.g(sewer, sewerage).

Students define drainage, and state its materials, name types of drain and materials for drainage system, draw different system of drain.

Resources pipe, tools, connectors, etc

4

REVISION/MOCK EXAMINATION



CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

ROOFING AND CEILING MATERIALS


1

Common roofing and ceiling materials  

  • Teacher displays samples of common roofing and ceiling materials
  • List the advantages of the ceiling materials
  • Students observe samples of common roofing and ceiling materials

CLADDING MATERIAL

2

Types and properties of cladding materials

  • Manufactured board
  • Timber


  • Displays samples of cladding materials
  • Observe and identify them

WALL PANELLING, CLADDING AND PARTITIONING

3

Purpose of panelling 

  • Explain the purpose of panelling
  • Observe demonstration and do wall panelling, cladding and partitioning
  • Use sample of frame and wall panels 

4

Principles and techniques of frame construction

  • Explain principle and techniques of frame construction
  • Select suitable timber for the framing

5

Timber suitable for wall paneling

  • Select suitable timber for wall panelling
  • Sample of frame construction

6

Definition and methods of pre-fabrication

  • Explain pre-fabrication method, techniques
  • Observe demonstration
  • Pre-fabricated components of a timber structure

7

Construction of common pre-fabricated structures

  • Demonstrate the construction of pre-fabrication, hordings
  • Construct a chosen fabricated structure

STAIR HANDS RAILING AND BALL USTERS

8

Factors determining location stairs

  • Explain the purpose of a stair factor
  • Determining its location

9

Parts of stairs, function and sketches

  • Name, describe and sketch common types of stairs and table the parts
  • Construct a fix wooden stair, hand railing and balusters

SCAFFOLDING AND LADDER

10

Purpose of scaffold, basic requirement of a good scaffold and ladder

  • Explain the purpose of scaffold basic requirement
  • Construct a wooden scaffold

11

Functions, construction, maintenance and safe use of scaffold and ladder

  • Demonstrate construction, maintenance and use of wooden scaffold and ladder

ROOFING AND CEILING

12

Functions, types of roof and ceilings

  • List and demonstrate common types of roofs and ceilings
  • Take students to the building sites
  • Visit site observe and take part in roofing

13-14

Revision and examination



CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

FURNITURE MAKING


1

Design requirement of a good furniture item

  • Explain basic design requirement and processes of costing, bill of materials
  • Assign project
  • Construct and finish furniture items

2

Sources of fund


  • Arrange talks by distinguished furniture makers, officials of SMEs, Finance institutions
  • Organize field trip for students to furniture companies
  • Form co-operatives

MATERIAL SUPPLIES AND MERCHANDISING

3

Purchase and supply of materials

  • Introducing students to building materials producers
  • Visit shops
  • Observe shop operations

4

Examination



CATERING CRAFT

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

 ACCOMPANIMENTS

Definition of Accompaniments

  • Types of accompaniments
  • Food accompaniments
  • Soup accompaniments
  • Table accompaniments
  • Functions of accompaniments to various covers



Teacher: Explain the meaning of accompaniments. Enumerate the different types of accompaniments. State the uses and importance of accompaniments. Explain the various functions of accompaniments to food cover.

Students: Participate in the discussion and answer questions.

Materials: Samples of different types of accompaniments. A chart showing different accompaniments.  

2

FOOD ACCOMPANIMENTS

Types of Food Accompaniments

  • Garlic sauces
  • Salad dressing
  • Vinegar dressing
  • Ketchup etc

Advantages and disadvantages of food accompaniments.

Teacher: Explain food accompaniments. Enumerate the various types of food accompaniments. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of food accompaniments

Students: Participate in the discussion

Material: picture showing food accompaniments

3

SOUP ACCOMPANIMENTS

Types of Soup Accompaniments

  • Bread roll
  • Croutons etc

Advantages and disadvantages of soup accompaniments

Teacher: Explain soup accompaniments. Enumerate the various types of soup accompaniments. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of soup accompaniments

Students: participate in the discussion and ask questions.

4

TABLE ACCOMPANIMENTS

Types of table accompaniments

  • Cruet set
  • Table number
  • Flower vase
  • Napkin pad
  • Tooth pick

Teacher: List table accompaniments

Students: Participate in the discussion and ask questions 

Materials: Soup Accompaniments

5

BEVERAGES

Types Of Beverages

  • Alcoholic beverages
  • Non-alcoholic beverages

Bar Services

  • Bar service/origin of bar
  • Types of bar
  • Functions of bar
  • Bar service personnel
  • Bar service equipment

Teacher: Explain the meaning of Alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages. Explain bar services. Discuss the origin. Enumerate the functions of bar service personnel and equipment.

Students: participate in the discussion, ask and answer questions.

Materials: Charts of different types of drinks. Alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks.

6

NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES

Definition of Non-Alcoholic

Classes of Non-Alcoholic Drinks

  • Aerated
  • Natural spring water
  • Mineral water
  • Squashes
  • Juices
  • Syrups
  • Tea/coffee and cocoa drinks etc

Teacher: Explain the meaning of non-alcoholic drinks. Enumerate the various types of non-alcoholic drink. (practical demonstration)

Students: Participate in the discussion, ask and answer questions. Practice in the production of non-alcoholic drinks/beverages

Materials: display of different types of non-alcoholic beverages

7

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES

Definition of alcoholic drinks

Classes of alcoholic drinks

  • Beer
  • Spirit etc

Teacher: Explain the meaning of alcoholic drinks. Enumerate the various types of alcoholic drink. (practical demonstration)

Students: Participate in the discussion, ask and answer questions.

Materials: Display of different types of alcoholic drinks

8

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES

Definition of alcoholic drinks

Classes of alcoholic drinks

  • Beer
  • Spirit etc

Teacher: Explain the meaning of alcoholic drinks. Enumerate the various types of alcoholic drink. (practical demonstration)

Students: Participate in the discussion, ask and answer questions.

Materials: Display of different types of alcoholic drinks

9

TEST INTERPRETATION OF FOOD AND BEVERAGES (SERVICE)



Teacher: Explain the processes and methods of various services in food and beverage area.

  • Table of order
  • Writing of docket
  • Serving of water
  • Serving of food
  • Clearing away of dishes (used plates) 

Students: participate in the test interpretation

Material: samples of questions

10

FLOWER AND CONFECTIONARIES

Dough product:

  • Chin-chin
  • Egg roll

Teacher: Explain the process of dough preparation. Demonstrate the preparation of chin-chin and egg-roll

Students: participate in the preparation and frying of flour products

Material: Ingredients for pastry


11

Revision

Revision

12

Examination

Examination


CATERING CRAFT

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

 SPECIAL MEAL

  • Cookery for invalids and convalescents
  • Factors to consider when planning invalid and convalescent diets.
  • Recipe for invalid and convalescent
  • Practical

Teacher: Explain the meaning of invalid and convalescent. Enumerate the factors to consider when planning a meal for invalid and convalescent. Suggest meals for invalid and convalescent  (practical demonstration)

Students: Participate in the discussion, ask and answer questions. Participate in the preparation of meals

Material: A chart showing different groups. Ingredients for types of dishes


2

SPECIAL MEAL

Meals for:

  • Infants
  • Adolescents
  • Pregnant mothers
  • Lactating mothers

Teacher: Explain the different groups in relation to food cookery.

Students: Participate in class discussion. Copy board summary 

Material: Charts and pictures showing types of meals.

3

SPECIAL MEAL

Vegetarian Meals

  • Types of vegetarian meals
  • Practical

Practical demonstration

Students: Participate in the practical demonstration

Materials: Ingredients for the cooking of vegetarian meals.

4-5

MOCK EXAMINATION


6-10

REVISION


11-12

WASSCE EXAMINATION




COSMETOLOGY

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1.







2.





3.

HAIR WEAVING

Hair weaving

Reasons for hair weaving

Types of hair piece for the weaving of hair.



HAIR WEAVING

Styles of weaving

Practice



HAIR WEAVING

Tools/Materials for hair weaving

Brands names of pieces.

TEACHER:

1. Explains the meaning of hair weaving using sample posters.

2. Lists styles of weaving.

3. Displays samples of hair pieces.

4. Lists brand names of hair on the board.

5. Demonstrates weaving of hair using dummy or volunteer.

6. Shows making of album with different types of braiding and weaving.


STUDENTS:

1. Identify and classify hair pieces.

2. Practice hair weaving on a volunteer.

3. Suggest more weaving styles.

4. List reasons for weaving hair.

5. Make an album containing brand names of hair pieces.


INSRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Combs, posters, pomade, albums, hair pieces, scissors, needles, thread, weaving stand etc.

4.






5.






6.




7.






8.

BARBERING

Barbering

Common hair diseases

(bumps, lice, hair shaft damage etc)


BARBING

Risks associated with barbering

(Hiv transmission, ringworm etc.



BARBERING

Barbering styles

(Low cut, afro etc.


BARBERING

Barbering tools and materials

(clippers, scissors, comb etc)

Practice



BARBING

Maintenance of barbering clippers.

TEACHER:

1. Defines the term barbering.

2. Lists hair diseases associated with barbering.

3. Displays magazines and pictures to show common hair diseases and risk associated with barbering.

4. Displays charts and pictures showing various barbering styles.

5. Displays barbering tool, the clipper and dismantle it to show the students.

6. Demonstrates assembling of clippers.

7. Carries out simple hair cut on dummy or volunteer.



STUDENTS:

1. Attempt definition of terms.

2. Identify diseases associated with barbering and their causes.

3. Copy notes on board.

4. Carry out simple sterilization of barbering tools.

5. Practice dismantling and assembling of clippers and shaving sticks.

6. Practice barbering on a volunteer.


INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Charts, pictures, magazines, video clips, apron, generator set, clipper, mirror, sterilizer.


9.

SHAMPOOS AND HAIR CONDITIONERS

Shampoo/conditioners

Reasons for hair shampooing, conditioning

Techniques for hair shampooing and conditioning.

TEACHER:

1. Explains the meaning of hair shampoos and conditioners

2. Lists types of shampoos and conditioners

3. Explains the functions of the different types of shampoos and conditioners

4. Displays samples of shampoos and conditioners

5. Demonstrates how shampooing and conditioning is carried out on a client.

STUDENTS:

1. Classify shampoos and conditioners under different hair problems.

2. copy notes on board

3. Practice techniques of shampooing and conditioning on a client

4. Read manufacturer’s  instruction on shampoos and conditioners

5. Visit beauty shop and and salon for a wide range of products.

INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Sample of soft water, warm water, lukewarm water, shampoos, conditioners


10

NAILS

Manicuring and pedicuring

Tools and equipments for manicuring and pedicuring

Nail polish colours

Practical manicure and pedicures

Care of tools and equipments


TEACHER:

1. Leads discussion on the meaning of manicuring and pedicuring

2. Lists the content of manicure and pedicure kits on the board.

3. Names other material tools and equipment used for manicure and pedicure.

4. Selects nail extension and colour for usage in demonstrating the process of nail manicuring and pedicuring

5. Explains and demonstrates the process of nail manicure

STUDENTS

1. Explain the terms (manicure, Pedicure )

2. Identify tools and equipment for manicuring and pedicuring

3. Select the right colour of nail polish to use.

4. Practice nail manicuring and pedicuring

INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Nail polish, manicure and pedicure set, emery board, buffer, nail polish remover.

11

OPENING A BEAUTY SALON

  • Salon
  • Conditions for establishing  salon
  • Salon equipments


OPENING A BEAUTY SALON

Rules, regulations and laws governing salon Business (registration of a member with a local hair dressers association, payment of business premises levy to government

  • Media for advertising.

TEACHER

1. Explains the term salon.

2. Discusses the conditions necessary for establishing a salon

3. States different rules, regulations governing the establishment of a salon.

4. Draws samples of salon plan on the board indicating positions of equipment/tools

5. Lists equipment and materials for establishing a salon.

6. Lists and explain the different media for advertisement.

7. Takes students out on excursion to at least two salons in the area.

STUDENTS

1. Copy notes on board

2. Cut out from magazines articles on the establishment of a salon business

3. Write salon rules and regulations.

4. Suggest more media for advertisements.

5. Look for magazines showing different salon plan

6. Undertake excursion to various salons in the locality

7. List and classify heavy and light equipment observed.

INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

Charts/Pictures of salon equipment/ tools

Charts and pictures showing different salon plan.

13

REVISION


14

EXAMINATION



DATA PROCESSING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Indexes

-index architecture

-types  of indexes

-primary and secondary  indexes

-indexes using composite search keys.

-Defines indexes

-explains index’ architecture clustered and non – clustered

-lists and explains types of indexes e.g. pritmap, dense etc with their differences

-explains how data entries are organized in order to support efficient retrieval of data

-explains features of primary and secondary indexed

Students to listen and participate actively.

Instructional Resources: Computer sets, library card.


2

Data Base Security

-introduction to db security

-access control

-methods of access control  

-leads  the students to define data security

-leads the students to define access control.

-lost and explains various ways of ensuring access control e.g. password security, authentication etc.

students should listen and participate actively

Instructional Resources: Computer sets, library cards.



3

Data Base Security

-role of the database administrator in security

-encryption


-State and explain the roles of database administrator in ensuring security e.g insuring password

-leads the students to define encryption and decryption

-state basic types of encryption (symmetric and public key encryption) students takes note on teachers explanation 

Instructional Resources: be the internet


4

Crash Recovery

Introduction to arise

Other recovery

Relates date stricture

Write ahead log

protocol

Leads the student to define

Crash recovery

Exp  lams  the functions

Uncle pass

Explain arias notations

E.g. log Seguin number(lsn)

Page   L.S.N prevlsn etc

Explains  other recovery

Related structures such

An data base back up and redo logs

Defines write ahead

Protocol

Students to listen and  participate

Actively in class

Instructional Resources: charts

5

Parallel and

Distributed Database

-architecture for parallel database

-introduction to distributed database


Defines the terms, parallel and distributed databases

Explains the architecture for parallel database (systems in parallel shared memory, shared dish etc.

Students to listen and participate actively instructional resources chart

6

Parallel and Distributed Databases

-Distributed DBMS architecture

-Storing data in a distributed DBMS

-States the importance of distributed and parallel DBMS architecture

-List distributed DBMS architecture e.g storage devices multiple computers etc

Students to listen and participate actively instructional resources chart

7

Networking

-Meaning of networking

-Leads the students to define a computer network, internet and intranet

-Lists and explains terminologies network modes, topology

8

Networking

-Networking topologies

-Leads the students to define network topology

-shows illustrations of the different types of topology e.g. bus, starring, mesh, tree, line etc

-students should show these topologies using printed components in groups

Instructional resources pictures of computer in a network.

9

Networking

Types of networking

-Lists and explain the different types of networks – LAN, WLAN, WAN, MAN, SAN, CAN, PAN, and DAN with examples students should listen and make notes

Instructional resources pictures of computers in a network

10

Computer Virus

-Meaning of computer virus

-Examples of virus

-Sources

-Virus warning syns

-Virus detection and prevention

-Leads the students to define computer virus

-Give examples of virus (Trojan)

-state how they are contacted(internet programs infected flash etc)

-leads the students to identify warning signs of computer virus

-guide the students to identify anti – virus software (AVAS, AVG, MIFEC etc.

Instructional resources pictures of  anti virus packages computer system with anti – virus software  installed .


11

Maintenance of Computer II

-Details of Hardware maintenance

-Explains the process of maintaining computer  hardware in detail students to copy board summary in the note books

Instructional resources computers scraps in the lab.

12

Maintenance of computer II

-details of software maintenance

-guides students on the procedure for software maintenance in details

-students should be allowed to format system and install software’s .

 Instructional resources software and hardware  computers

13

REVISION


14

EXAMINATION





DATA PROCESSING

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Career Options in It

date processing professions in computer

lead students to some computer profession

e.g: application analyst

Business analyst

Data Base administrator

Certified Software Manager etc

identify computer professions functions

Instruction Resource: Charts



2

Career Options

in Data Processing

qualities of a good  professional

leads students and guides them to identify the

the qualities of a good

professional e.g.  responsive

knowledgeable, trustworthiness etc

3

career options in it data processing

Enumerates professional computer bodies in Nigerian e.g. computer professionals of Nigeria

Nigeria Information Technology  Development Agency

Nigeria Internet Registration Association etc.



DYING AND BLEACHING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

BATIK (WAX RESIST)- BATIK AND RESIST.


The teacher explains the meaning of batik and resist. The students listen and participate.

2

TYPES OF BATIK DYEING AND RESIST.

Different procedures of methods of wax resist by splashing with brown or foam.

The teacher explains types of batik dyeing and resist, and also explains the procedures/methods of wax resist. Students observe the demonstration.

3

EQUIPMENTS, MATERIALS, TOOLS, FOR WAX RESIST, E.G FABRIC WAX RESIST.

Assorted dye stuff and gloves (rubber), containers for melting wax, bowls, brooms, T-jarting, iron or hot water, mallet, etc.

The teacher displays the tools, and materials used in the candle wax resist.

4

DEMONSTRATION WITH SPLASHING TECHNIQUES

Guide the students to produce 2/3 yards of fabric card. Create splashing effect.

5

BATIK (STARCH RESIST)-

Meaning of starch materials, and tools for starch resist technique.


The teacher explains the meaning and source of starch in batik resist method, and also demonstrates the processes of preparing starch. The students listen and also observe the process or method of starch resist technique.

6

DIFFERENT PROCESSES OF STARCH RESIST, E.G STENCILING, FREE HAND DRAWING, SCREENING, STAMPING

The teacher displays tools and materials like fabrics, assorted dye stuff, gloves, containers, alum etc. equipments used in creating starch resist. The students observe the materials and tools displayed.

7

BATIC (STARCH)

Practical- demonstration with emphasis on starch technique.

The teacher demonstrates the starch resist method. The students  presents a suitable design for starch resist and transfer the design on fabric and display.

8

PRINTING-;

Printing and printing techniques, e.g. relief processes, intaglio process, planographic process, and silk screen.

The teacher explains the meaning of printing and demonstrates different techniques of printing.

9

PRINTING CONT-;

Tools, materials and equipments for printing.

The teacher displays different types of tools or equipments used in printing, e.g. printing table, frame, mesh, squeege, textile work, turpentine, lacques/vanish, rubber gloves. The students observe and handle material , tools or equipments, and ask questions.

10

PRINTING-;

Procedures for silk screen printing, e.g mesh, construction of mesh, fixing of mesh, creating of design/pattern, method of transfer unto the mesh, printing, dyeing, fixing.

The teacher discusses the procedures for silk screen printing/ frame container. The students listen attentively.

11

USES OF SCREEN PRINTING FABRICS, E.G BED, SPREADS/PILLOW, TABLE LAMPCOVER, BAGS, TOPS, BOUBON ETC.

The teacher explains the uses of screen printing materials. The students listen and ask questions. The students demonstrate printing on fabric. The teacher guides them.

13

REVISION


14

EXAMINATION



DYING AND BLEACHING

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

TIE & DYE AND PRINTING.

Teams associated with tie-dye and printing. Tie/dye, printing, fixing, chemicals, T-jarting, squeegee, mesh, pattern, wax, etc

The teacher explains terms associated with tie/dye and printing. Students listen and participate.

2

TIE/DYE AND PRINTING METHOD OF DYEING

The teacher demonstrates the method of dyeing, and the materials, e.g fabric, dye stuff, costic soda, hydro-sulphate, rafia rope, plastic bowl/ container, printing table. The students listen attentively.

3

TIE/DYE (PRACTICAL

The students transfer on mesh, and at the end, display the work.

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE WORK

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

FIRST AID FOR ELECTRICAL ACCIDENTS

  • First aid box
  • First treatment for electrical accident
  • Maintain accident record


Teacher: Explain and display contents of the first box. Demonstrate treatment for cuts, burns, electrical shock. Explain steps. Demonstrate systematic application of mouth to mouth. Explain accident book.

Students: observe, touch and ask questions. Observe posters on first aid.

Instructional materials: first aid box

2

STATUTORY REGULATION

  • Statutory regulations
  • Use of conductors
  • Soldering of terminals
  • Handling of conductors

Teacher: explain and list the various statutory regulations. Emphasize the importance of compliance. Differentiate between IEE and other statutory regulations.

Students: list the various regulations. Observe the available copies.

Instructional material: copies of regulations

3

DATA COMMUNICATION AND CABLING METHODS

  • Types of data communication cables
  • Uses of data communication


Teacher: explain different types of data. State the uses of each.

Students: observe posters and charts on data.

Instructional materials: posters, charts and soft ware.

4

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT FOR WINDING JOBS

  • Tools and equipment e.g. hammers, screw driver
  • Selection of tools and equipment


Teacher: explain various tools. Select appropriate tools for winding jobs. Emphasize necessary precaution

Students: observe various tools. Observe necessary precautions

Instructional material: tools, hammer

5

CELL

  • Types of cell; primary and secondary cells.
  • Working principles of primary and secondary cells
  • Construction of a simple cell.

Teacher: draw cell and identify the parts. Explain working principles. Demonstrate the construction of cell.

Students: sketch a cell and label. Construct a simple cell.

Instructional material; Primary and secondary cell, charts and posters.

6

AC AND DC MACHINES

  • Operation of AC and DC motor
  • Operation of DC and AC generator
  • Constructional features.
  • Difference between AC & DC motor.
  • AC &DC generator

Teacher: explain the constructional features. Explain types of AC &DC generator, A.C &D.C motors. Differentiate between D.C and AC motors.

Students: sketch AC and DC motors.

Instructional materials: AC motor, DC motor, AC generator, DC generator.

7

INSTALLATION OF MACHINE

  • Types of enclosures
  • Suitable starter
  • Installation of A.C and D.C machine
  • Mounting machine and equipment

Teacher: explain different types of enclosures. Explain various connections and operational principle of starter. Demonstrate actual installation. Test for correct rotation.

Students: observe different types of enclosure. Carry out various corrections on the starter. Test for correct rotation

Instructional materials: starters, posters. 

8

WINDING DRAWING

  • Draw and interpret simple wave and Lap
  • Application of wave
  • Determination of coil


Teacher: draw and interpret simple wave and lap winding.

Students: draw lap and wave. Observe position of coil end.

Instructional material: copper coil, starter, etc

9

REWINDING OF ELECTRIC MOTOR

  • Size of conductors and types of insulating methods.
  • Construction of winding formers.
  • Connection f winding coil.
  • Continuity and earthing test

Teacher: Describe sizes of conductors. Sketch and explain. Carry out test on continuity and earthing. Demonstrate how to fix winding coil.

Students: sketch winding former. Fix winding. Test for continuity and earthing. Test the completed work.

Instructional material: formers, coils, copper, wire, vanish insulator.

10

ARMATURE COMMUTATOR AND SLIP RINGS

  • Skimming of armature, slip ring
  • Under cutting of commutator
  • Effectiveness of a commutator  

Teacher: explain and demonstrate. Describe the process. Determine commutator effectiveness.

Students: observe how to skim, under ctu commutator.

Instructional material: armature slip ring, charts and soft ware. 

11

ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

  • Merchandising of electrical goods. Borrowing of fund. Management of business. Proposal writing. Budgeting

Teacher: Explain the act of buying and selling. Explain sources and sourcing fund. Explain and discuss proposal writing and budgeting.

Students: Group themselves and write proposal. Execute the proposal.

Instructional material: visit  to electrical installation shops.

12

REVISION


13-14

EXAMINATION



ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE WORK

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

  • Types of maintenance procedure.
  • Lubricants
  • Machine maintenance and testing
  • Constructional features.


Teacher: explain types. Discuss lubricants. Carry out actual machine maintenance. Identify correct tools. Draw and label.

Students: sketch tools and equipment. Observe systematic procedure. Draw and label.

Instructional materials: lubricant, tools

2

REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL MACHINE & EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION

  • Causes of break down.
  • Identification of faults
  • Trouble shooting
  • Performance test of machine

Teacher: Explain causes of breakdown. Explain faults in electrical equipment. Discuss trouble shooting.

Students: inspect and interpret. Observe faulty equipment. Trace faults in equipment. Test for good performance.

Instructional material: circuit diagram.

3

FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MACHINE

Dismantling of Machine

  • Inspection of the bearing and other parts
  • Systematic assembling of machine.
  • Identification of parts
  • Dismantling of machine
  • Front and back shield
  • Method of collecting and recording date


Teacher: Dictate and explain bad bearing and other parts. Use megger bridge megger to test. Explain the procedure for dismantling.

Students: observe machine being dismantled.

Instructional materials: machine extractor, posters, charts.   



FISHERIES

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Materials and methods of  harvesting fish

Various types of gears:

  • Traps        
  • Hooks and line
  • Cast nets
  • Gill nets
  • Drag nets
  • Scoop nets
  • Traw nets
  • Practical

Present materials to students

2

‘’

  • Various fishing crafts:
  • Dug-out canoe
  • Wooden/flat botton canoe
  • Motorized canoe
  • Dingy
  • Trawlers
  • Methods of harvesting fish
  • Hooks and line
  • Netting
  • Pond draining
  • Impailing-spearing
  • Electrofishing
  • Ultrasonic
  • Trawling
  • Pond draining – using scoop net
  • Practical

Demonstrate the use of various gears and crafts

3

Same  topic

Construction and mending of the gears

  • Practical

Demonstration of the processing methods


4

Post harvesting process

  • Processing:
  • De-gutting
  • De-gilling
  • De-scalling (for fish with scale)
  • De capitation (in case of large fish)
  • Washing
  • Materials for processing
  • Knife, basin, tables, cutting slabs, etc
  • Practical

Guide the students to identify various materials in processing, preservation and packaging

5

Same topic

Methods of preservation:

  • Sundrying
  • Wet-smoking
  • Dry smoking
  • Frying
  • Freezing
  • Filleting
  • Canning
  • Salting(brining)

Practical

Practice post harvesting process

6

,, cont.

Packaging materials

  • Nylon, cardboard box, baskets

Practical

Students should give their own examples

7

,, cont

Primary and Secondary markets

  • Fish mongers
  • Bars/restaurant
  • Super markets
  • Hotels

Identify other markets


8

Brood Stock Selection and Handling

  • Different between male and female sexually matured fish using sex organs.
  • Striping them to know the stages of sex gemmates (eggs and milt)
  • Qualities of good breed:
  • Hardy/active
  • Have matured gemmated
  • Fairly big size
  • Broad stock handling:
  • Ensure that transportation takes place in the morning or late in the evening
  • Allow a short period time (48 hours to one week) in a breeding compartment,
  •  Ensure careful handling of the breeders to avoid stress.

guide to students in the breed stock selection and handling

9

Artificial Breeding

Meaning to manipulate the sexually matured fish to spawn or reproduce.

  • Processes involved

Demonstrate the striping of male and female fish

10

“ cont

Processes involved

Demonstrate the process involved.

11

Importance of artificial breeding

  • To obtain fish seed
  • To obtain large quality of seed fish
  • To obtain high quality hybrids
  • To make fingerlings readily available

Ask and answer questions

12-13

Revision/Examination

Revisions/Examinations

Revision/Examinations







FISHERIES

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Artificial Breeding Cont.

Various steps involved:

- Brood stock selection

- Conditioning of brood stock

- Inducement of brood stock

- Stripping the brood stock

- Fertilization (Mixing the milt and egg)

- Incubating the fertilized egg in an aquarium or hatch- e.g tank/troughs etc

Activities:

  Demonstrate the various steps in artificial breeding

2

Managing and Nursing Fish seed

The Nursing Processes

- Aaeration;

- Feeding with natural food organism (planktons) after four days.

- Introduction of artificial feeds (powdered feeds after one week)

 Activities:

Demonstrate the various processes in nursing fish seed

3

“             cont.

Management Processes

- Separating dead/unfertilized eggs from the hatchlings

- Monitoring water quality (especially the dissolved oxygen Do, temperature etc)

- Transferring out doors to nursery tanks/ponds after 21 days

- Sorting the shooters/jumps from the stunts

- Rear or raise the jumpers separate from the stunts.

Activities

Demonstrate the management processes




GARMENT MAKING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ADAPTATION OF JUMPERS FROM SHIRT PATTERN

  • Description of jumper
  • Sketching o jumper style.
  • Tracing out shirt patterns unto new brown paper.
  • Incorporation of style features at the front e.g princess line and facings for Button and button hole using slashing and spreading techniques.
  • Transfer of the adapted jumper patterns.

Demonstrate the adaptation of gown and jumper patterns, supervise students practice.

Resources; blouse pattern, shirt patterns, sleeve block, brown paper, pencils, pins, cello-tape, paper, scissors, ruler, curves etc

2

CONSTRUCTION OF A BABY DRESS WITH FREE HAND CUTTING.

-Sketching of the desired style

-Taking body measurements

-Cutting out the front and back upper

 Section

-cutting out the front and back skirt

-Cutting out the sleeves and facings.


Demonstrate cutting with free hand.

Resources; fabric and sewing tools.

3

MAKING UP THE BODY DRESS

  • Joining the front and back upper section of the shoulders.
  • Fix the collar facing to the joined upper section. Work on the opening.
  • Joining the gathered front skirt to the front upper section.
  • Joining the gathered back skirt to the upper section.
  • Joining the side seams and attaching the sleeve.

Demonstrate processes of stitching up garments.

Resources; sewing tools, and equipments.

4

PRACTICAL CONSTRUCTION OF SKIRTS/TROUSERS

  • Preparation of fabric for sewing e.g removing creases
  •  Graining and folding of fabrics
  • Laying of skirts patterns
  • Cutting out
  • Tacking joining pattern pieces together for fitting and correction.
  • Joining of pattern pieces using flat method processes.

Demonstrate the unit method of making trouser.

Resources; pattern of skirt/trouser.

5

CONSTRUCTION OF SKIRT/ TROUSER (CONT)

  • Permanent sewing of the skirt along the seam lines
  • Attachment of waist band
  • Finishing the hem with machine stitches
  • Pressing and packaging.

Demonstrate the unit method of making skirt.

Resources; pattern of skirt, garment fabric, sewing tools.

6

PRICE FIXING ON ARTICLES MADE

  • Factors to be considered when fixing price cost of material. Use e.g fabric, sewing accessories, sewing machine.
  • Quantifying energy input e.g human, electrical and other facilities in the workshop.
  • Input of rental rate for the shop
  • Calculation of profit margin minimum of 20%
  • Determination and fixing of price.

Determination of profit margin. Factor to be considered in fixing prices.

Resources; chart showing factor to be considered in determining prices, supervises students’ practice.

Resources; garment fabric, sewing tools and equipments.

7

CONSTRUCTION OF GOWN

  • Preparation of fabric and graining
  • Folding and laying of patterns.
  • Cutting out
  • Joining with loose stitches using circular method.

Supervise students’ practice.

Resources; garment fabric, sewing tools and equipments.

8

MAKING OF GOWN

  • Fitting for correction and adjustment
  • Permanent sewing of the gown
  • Finishing the hem and other edges as desired
  • Fixing of price and packaging.

Encourage students further to develop passion for garment making.

Resources; sewing tools, and equipments.

9

GARMENT MAKING BUSINESS

Basic requirement for the business e.g space, sewing tools, and equipments

  • Skilled personnel
  • Estimating the cost of each basic requirement.

Organize field trip to garment making outfits to ascertain the basic requirement.

Resources; basic sewing tools.

10

FINANCING A BUSINESS

  • Meaning of finance
  • Meaning of financing a business
  • Sources of financing a small business.
  • Finance management factors to consider in managing finance.

Sources of financing a business, finance management.

Resources; chart illustrating the sources of financing a small business.

11

FACTORS AFFECTING SMALL BUSINESS

Factors that contribute to the success of small business.

Discussion on determination of profit.

Resources; charts showing factors to consider in determining prices.

12

FIELD TRIP

Sewing institutins

Organize field trip to garment making outfits to ascertain the basic requirement among other things.

Resources; basic sewing tools and equipments, catalogues, charts etc

13

EXAMINATION



GARMENT MAKING

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP

  • Factors for enhancing good relationship with customer.
  • Customer credit needs
  • Strategies for handling customer credit needs.

Tips for maintaining good customer relationship.

Resources; chart showing customering garment shop.

2

PROMOTING BUSINESS

  • Meaning of business promotion
  • Types of promotional activities
  • Importance of business promotion.


Guide discussion on business promotion.

Resources; prepare simple advertisement.

3

RECORD KEEPING

  • Meaning/concept of record keeping.
  • Types of record necessary for small business.
  • Materials for record keeping.
  • Importance of record keeping.
  • Tips for adequate record keeping.

Demonstrate how to keep records, using note books, cash books etc

Resources; chart illustrating tips for accurate record keeping.


MACHINE WOOD WORK

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/ CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Safety rules in the operation of

  • Band saw
  • Tenon saw
  • Mortise saw
  • Explain and demonstrate safety rules in the use of band saw, tenon and mortise saw
  • Observe the teachers demonstrations
  • Safety posters, machines

2

Safety rules in the operation of:

  • router
  • moulel er
  • lathe
  • supervises students activities
  • practices operations on the machines
  • safety devices

3

Wood machines:

Parts and uses of mortise

  • show and name parts of mortise
  • identify and name parts of the mortise
  • mortise machine.

4

Wood work machine

Parts and uses of router and spinde machine

  • Describe the uses of the machine and their parts.
  • Participate actively in class discussion
  • Machines.

5

Wood work machines:

Parts and uses of the mouler and lathe machine

  • Give practical exercise on the machines
  • Carry out maintenance on the machines
  • Machines

6

Maintenance of the machines

  • Clean and lubricate the machine parts
  • Participate actively in the cleaning and lubricating
  • Grease and brush

7

Wood machining:

Machine operations

  • Curve cutting
  • Demonstrate machine operation
  • Observe the teacher’s demonstrations
  • Machine and timber

8

Wood marchining:

Machine operation of tenoning

  • Demonstrate and supervises students’ activities
  • Carry out machine operations
  • Safety devices

9

Wood machining

Machine operation of mortising

  • Demonstrate the practical aspect of the machining mortise
  • Carry out machine operation

10

Wood machining

Machining operation of shaping

  •  Demonstrate and supervise students activities
  • Carry out machine operation
  • Machines timber and devices

11

Wood machining:

Machining operations of turning

  • Demonstrate and supervises students activities
  • Carry out machine operations
  • Machines

12

Wood machining:

Machining operation of moulding and mitre cutting

  • Demonstrate the use of machining moulding and metre cutting.
  • Observed and carryout machine operations
  • Machines, timber and devices.

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


MACHINE WOOD WORK

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Business opportunities in wood machining

  • Organizes field trip for students to machine shops and saw mill
  • Arrange a talk by distinguished machine operators
  • Officials of  small and medium scale
  • Finance institution

2

Fund sourcing

  • Guide students to identify possible source of funds
  • Personal savings
  • Bank loans
  • Co-operative association

3

Operating and managing wood machine shop

  • Guide students in setting up and managing machine shop

4

Examination



MARKETING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Planning for a Personal Marketing outlet

  • Sources of fund
  • Identify a good market location

The teacher explains sources of funds for marketing outlets.

The teacher explains methods of identifying good marketing locations. The students participates in discussion

Instructional Materials

Diagrams, Charts

2

Planning for a personal marketing outlet

  • Setting up and operating a marketing outlet

The teacher organizes a seminar on setting up a personal marketing outlet

Instructional Materials

Resource persons

3

Purchase, supply and merchandizing of goods and services

  • Purchase and supply of goods and services.

The teacher explains the process of purchasing and supplying of goods and services.

The students listen and participates in discussion

Instructional Materials

Consumer goods

4

Purchase, supply and merchandizing of goods and services

  • Selling and bargaining skills

The teacher discusses the methods of pricing.

The Students demonstrate advertising skills

Instructional Materials

Organizational goods of various types.


5

Purchase, supply and merchandizing of goods and services

  • Fund management.

The teacher explains how to manage funds appropriately.

The students participates in discussion

Instructional Materials

Charts

6

Marketing mix (4 ps)

  • Explanation of marketing mix(4Ps)
  • Product and price

The teacher explains marketing mix and explains product and price

The students participate in the discussion

Instructional Materials

- Products of different kinds

- Charts

7

Marketing Mix (4Ps) Cont.

  • Explanation of promotion and place

The teacher explains promotion and place extensively.

The students participate in discussion

Instructional Materials

- Market/shops

- Radio advert

- Pictures

8

Distribution (types and functions)

  • Distribution – Meaning
  • Types of distribution

The teacher defines distribution and explains the types of distributions

Instructional Materials

- Charts

- Magazines

- Pictures

9

Distribution Cont.

  • Channels of distribution

The teacher guides students to discuss the channels of distribution and to identify

The students asks questions

Instructional Materials

- Magazines, pictures, charts


10

Merchandising

  • Merchandising – Meaning
  • Features of merchandising

The teacher demonstrates packaging, branding and labeling of products.

The students observe teachers demonstration

Instructional Materials

- Handbills, flyers, Magazines

11

Elements of marketing

  • Marketing –Meaning
  • Differences between marketing and selling.

The teacher explains marketing, explains differences between marketing and selling.

The students participate in discussion.

Instructional Materials

- Productions, demonstrations, chart.

12

Revision


13

Examination



MARKETING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Marketing Concepts

  • Meaning of marketing concept
  • Concepts under which organization conducts marketing activities
  • The production concept
  • The product concept
  • The selling concepts
  • Marketing concept.

The teacher discusses the various marketing concepts

The students listen to the explanations

Instructional Materials

 - Charts, products

2

Marketing Concept (cont.)

  • The societal marketing concept
  • The consumer orientation
  • Integrated organizational efforts
  • Profit orientation

The teacher explains the various marketing concepts

The students ask questions

Instructional Materials

- Chart, products

3

Business management

  • Meaning of business management
  • Business resources
  • Man
  • Money
  • Materials
  • Machines
  • Opportunities
  • Business Objectives

The teacher explains meaning of business management. The teacher explains business resources and business objectives

Instructional Materials

Charts, diagrams, calendars, materials of different kinds, machines

4

Revision and Examination




PHOTOGRAPHY

SS 3 FIRST TERM


WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Revision (Contemporary Nigeria Photographers)


2

Digital Photography

Input devices:

a. Scanner

b. digital camera

Compact disc

Flash drive

Zip

Operate the computer by uploading digital images from the input devices.

3

Practical work on uses of input devices

Operate the computer by uploading digital images from the input devices

4

Practical work on uses of input devices.

Operate the computer by uploading digital

5

Output methods in digital photography

Output method:

Printer

Internet

Computer monitor

Print out photographs using the printer

6

Practical work on uses of output methods in digital photography

Print out photographs using the printer

7

Practical work on uses of output methods in digital photography

Print out photographs using the printer

8

Darkroom Printing Technique

Creative Printing:

Stenciling

Contact Printing

Student:

Produce Creative Photographs by using selected creative technique

9

Darkroom Printing Technique

Creative Printing:

Masking

Photogram


Students:

Produce creativity photographs by using selected creative techniques

10

Practical Work on Darkroom Printing Technique

Observe different printing Technique

11

Revision


12

Examination


13

examination





PHOTOGRAPHY

SS 3 SECOND TERM


WEEKS

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Revision (Digital Photography)


2

Excursion to a photographic colour laboratory

Ask relevant questions on the practice of photography

3

Project

Print out photographs using the printer

4

Exhibition

Mount and frame selected photographs

Exhibit selected photographs based on different display techniques

5

Revision



SALESMANSHIP

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

BASIC CONCEPT AND DOCUMENTS USED IN EXPORT AND IMPORT TRADE

  • Meaning of basic concept of trade
  • Documents used in trade
  • Meaning of terms of trade
  • Favourable and unfavourable  balance of trade.

Teacher discuss on terms of trade, explain favourable and unfavourable balance of trade.

Students list documents used in import and export trade, participate in class discussion.


2

BASIC CONCEPT DOCUMENT USED IN EXPORT AND IMPORT

  • Terms of payment
  • Balance of payment
  • Favourable and unfavourable balance of payment.
  • Differentiate between balance of trade and balance of payment.

Teacher explains favourable and unfavourable balance of payment, discuss on balance of payment.

Students differentiate between balance of trade and balance of payment, copy board summary.

3

CONCEPT OF ENTREPRENEUR IN SALESMANSHIP

  • Meaning of entrepreneur
  • Meaning of entrepreneurship
  • Difference between entrepreneurship and entrepreneur.
  • Characteristics of the entrepreneur.

Teacher defines entrepreneur and entrepreneurship, discuss on the features of an entrepreneur.

Students  define entrepreneur and entrepreneurship, enumerate features of an entrepreneur.

4

CONCEPT OF ENTREPRENEUR IN SALESMANSHIP

  • Types of entrepreneur
  • Objectives of entrepreneur
  • Roles and qualities of a good entrepreneur.

Teacher discusses on objectives of an entrepreneur, state and explain the qualities of a good entrepreneur.

Students explain roles and qualities of a good entrepreneur, participate in class by asking questions and copying board summary.

5

CONCEPTS OF ENTREPRENEUR IN SALESMANSHIP

  • Ways a salesman can be an entrepreneur
  • Problems of entrepreneur
  • Solution to identified problems.

Teacher explains the problems encountered in entrepreneur business.

Students mention ways a salesperson can become an entrepreneur, identify problems and solutions encountered by an entrepreneur.

6

SOURCES OF FINANCE

  • Define entrepreneurship
  • Sources of finance for entrepreneur
  • Roles of micro finance organizations.

Explain major sources of finance for an entrepreneur.

Students participate in class discussion, enumerate sources of finance for an entrepreneur.

7

SOURCES OF FINANCE

  • Commercial banks
  • Functions of finance houses e.g cooperative societies, micro- finance organizations, Nigerian export-import bank (NEXIM)

Teacher discusses functions of each of the finance houses.

Students state functions of cooperative societies,

NEXIM.

8

PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CUSTOMER SERVICES

  • Meaning of public relationship
  • Importance of public relationship
  • Media of public relations.

Teacher discusses importance of public relationship, forms of public relations.

Students discuss in groups the benefits of a good public relations officer.

9

PUBLIC RELATIONS AND CUSTOMER SERVICES

  • Meaning of customer services.
  • Pre-sales services
  • After sales services

Teacher explains the meaning of the customer services, discusses on pre-sales services to the customer.

Students form two groups, let each group discuss on pre-sale and another on sales services, give detail of effects on sales.

10

CONCEPTS OF SALESMANSHIP

  • Meaning of salesman
  • Salesman strategies.
  • Objectives of the salesman to; company, customer, environment.
  • Responsibilities of a salesman to customer, and public.

Teacher discusses on salesman strategies, enumerates salesman responsibilities to; customer, public, environment.

Students participate in class activities, write short notes on the responsibilities of a salesman to his customer, environment, and his company.

11

REVISION


12

EXAMINATION









SALESMANSHIP

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

REVISION


2

WASSCE PAST QUESTIONS


3

NECO PAST QUESTIONS


4

ERC MOCK


5

WASSCE/SSCE QUESTIONS



TOURISM

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Developmental benefits of tourism

  • Infrastructures.
  • Road
  • Electricity
  • Health centre
  • Communication facilities
  • Water supply
  • Schools

Teacher:

Explains developmental benefits of tourism to a nation

Leads students to identify types of developmental benefits of tourism to a nation

Student:

Note and write down the developmental benefits of tourism to a Nation

Teaching and leaning materials:

Charts, brochure, pictures of wild animals in their natural inhabitants.

2

  • Superstructure
  • Buildings
  • Sites
  • Rural development
  • Preserve nature
  • Use of land
  • Foster unity and integration.


3

Tourism Marketing

  • Meaning of tourism marketing
  • Tourism marketing strategies
  • Segmentation
  • Mass marketing
  • Niche marketing

Teacher:

Explains tourism marketing

Explain to students using brochures to indicate types of tourism marketing strategies.

Explains and discuss various marketing tools by using sample of adverts indicating their various modes

Students:

Note and write down tourism marketing, write down various tourism marketing strategies

Write down and participate in the discussion of tourism  of tourism

Relate the various sample of adverts to the various marketing tools.

Teaching and learning materials.

Magazines and journals, pictorials of tourism products, brochures, CDS, posters, stickers, post cards, branded T-shirts and face caps.

4

Marketing tools in tourism

  • Electronic media
  • Television
  • Radio
  • Print media
  • Newspapers
  • Magazines
  • Journals
  • Publications


5

  • fair and exhibition
  • local fair
  • international
  • e- tourism
  • internet services
  • e-banking
  • e- reservation
  • electric bill board


6

Entrepreneurship in tourism

  • meaning of entrepreneurship in tourism
  • cottage industries
  • leather work
  • ceramics and pottery

Teacher:

Defines entrepreneurship

Explains cottage industries

Guides students to identify some cottage industries and list items that can be produced from their responsibility.

Students:

Note and write down the cottage industries

Identify some cottage industries and list items that are produced from them respectively

Teaching and Learning materials:

Samples of items produced from cottage industries

7

  • bead making
  • tie and die


8

  • hair weaving
  • painting


9

  • clothing weaving
  • raffia weaving


10

  • basket weaving
  • mat making


11

Revision


12

Examination



TOURISM

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Service delivery in tourism

  • meaning of service delivery
  • tour guides

Teacher:

Defines service delivery in tourism

Guide students to discuss and identify service delivery in tourism

Students:

Write down service delivery in tourism.

Participate in the discussion and listing of service delivery in tourism

Teaching and learning materials:

Pictures, brochures, film slide. 

2

  • ticket retailers
  • cook


3

  • waiters
  • photographers


4

  • chorographers (cultural dancer)
  • drivers
  • gem guards


5

Examination




RADIO TV & ELECTRONICS

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

SAFETY PRECAUTION IN TELEVISION WORKSHOP.

  • Power supply.
  • Picture tube.
  • Extra-high voltage section.
  • Components ratings.

The teacher provides working TV set. He also instruct students with adequate guidelines to dismantle the set.

He will identify the danger power VI3anode cap, filter capacitor in power section fuse and other safety component ratings. The students follow teacher’s guide to dismantle the TV set and observe the demonstration on the appropriate procedure for identifying the danger points, and all the appropriate practices in handling those danger points on the TV set.

2

KIRHHOFF’S LAWS

  • Definition of Kirchhoff’s first and second laws.
  • Diagram and algebraic expression of Kirchhoff’s first and second laws.
  • Calculation involving Kirchhoff’s first and second laws.
  • Application of Kirchhoff’s laws.

The teacher ; defines the laws, states their algebraic expression, uses vector diagram to explain the laws, draws a simple circuit to illustrate the laws. The students draw the vector and circuit diagrams and solve numerical problems involving the laws.

3

FAULT FINDING EQUIPMENTS.

Identification, uses, and operations of;

  • Oscilloscope.
  • Signal tracer.
  • Digital frequency counter.
  • Logic probe.

The teacher introduces technique for trouble-shooting in TV set.

He lists the common faults in the various stages of a TV receiver, starting with the tuner stage, amplifier stage, video amplifier stage, etc, present trouble-shooting instruments e.g. pattern generator, IF sweep generator, EHT meter, etc, and demonstrate their operations and applications. The students should identify the fault finding equipments, and observe their usage.

4

RESISTIVE INDUCTIVE CAPACITIVE (RLC) CIRCUITS.

  • Calculation of capacitive reactance.
  • Calculation of inductive reactance.
  • Calculation involving RC circuits.
  • Calculation involving RL, LC, and RLC series circuit and parallel RLC circuits.

The teacher reminds the students of the concepts of reactance, emphasizing the similarities and differences between purely reactive load circuits, and purely resistive load circuits. He also demonstrates the procedures for calculating capacitive reactance, inductive reactance, RC, RL, LC, series RLC. The students ask and answer questions, and participate in the calculations.

5

FEEDBACK.

  • Concept of feedback.
  • Negative and positive feedbacks and their differences.
  • Advantages of a negative feedback.
  • Effects of a positive feedback on amplifiers, bandwidth noise, gain and distortion.

The teacher explains; negative and positive feedback. Uses circuit diagrams to illustrate types of negative feedback. Demonstrate the effect of positive feedback on amplifiers. Explain the advantages of negative feedback. The students observe the teacher illustrate the various types of feedback and teacher’s demonstration of the effect of feedback on an electronic communication system.

6

OSCILLATORS AND MULTI-VIBRATORS.

  • Principles of oscillators.
  • Types of oscillators- hartly, colpit, tuned collector, etc.
  • Types of multivibrator (IC555), astable, bistable, mono-stable.
  • Construction of a typical oscillator circuit.

The teacher defines oscillator and multi-vibrator, uses schematic diagram to discuss oscillators in their circuits.

Builds simple oscillators and multi-vibrator, and use cathode ray oscilloscope to determine their outputs.

The students observe the teacher in the course of explanation and demonstration, and identify oscillators and multi-vibrator units in a complex circuit diagram. They also build simple oscillator and multi-vibrator, and use CRO to check the output.

7

TELEVISION TRANSMITTER

  • Basic working principles of a TV transmitter.
  • Block diagram of a TV transmitter.
  • Stages of aTV transmitter.

The teacher explains the basic working principles of a TV transmitter, in order to generate the video and audio signals, modulate, amplify and process the signal for transmission. He also displays the chart of the block diagram of a TV transmitter. He uses the block diagram in the chart displayed to explain the functions of each of the stages of a TV transmitter. The students observe the chart, listen to teacher’s explanation, and draws the block diagram.

8

IMAGE  REPRODUCTION IN TV RECEIVER

1. Principles of scanning.

2. Video signal.

The teacher describes with the aid of a sketch or chart, the principles of scanning in a TV receiver. He specifically explains the sequency of movement of electron gum in the cathode ray tube with the aid of live TV set, and how the video signal enters the set through antenna, and follow the circuits to the CRT. The students draw the chart in their notebooks, and listen to teacher’s explanation.

9

SOUND REPRODUCTION IN TV RECEIVER.

Principles of FM detection.

The teacher explains with the aid of block diagram of a TV receiver, how the audio signal is recovered and reproduced. While students draw the audio signal flow chart for the reproduction of the sound signal.

10

MONOCHROME TV RECEIVER

  • Concept of TV receiver.
  • Application of TV system.
  • Functions and operation of monochrome (B/W) TV receiver.

The teacher explains the basic system of TV receiver, draws block diagram of monochrome TV receiver, displays flow chart for monochrome TV receiver, and explains the operation of each stage of the monochrome TV receiver, starting from the antenna to the tube. While the students  take notes on the explanation of TV receiver, draws the block diagram of monochrome TV  receiver, and participates actively in activities, while the teacher explains the functions and operations of monochrome TV receiver.

11

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION OF COLOR TV RECEIVER.

  • Block diagram of color TV receiver and functions of each stage.
  • Processing of picture and sound signal at different stages of a color TV receiver.

The teacher draws the diagram of color TV receiver, displays the flow chart of color TV receiver, showing different stages, uses the flow chart to explain the functions of each stage of color TV receiver, and applies flow chart and color TV receiver panel. Also, the teacher describes the processing of picture and sound signals at different stages  of a color TV receiver, while the students  take notes, draw  the  block diagram of color  TV receiver, and observe the teacher’s demonstration  with the color TV panel and ask or answer questions where necessary. 




RADIO TV & ELECTRONICS

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

PRINCIPLES OF COLOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION

  • Primary color in TV.
  • Color TV systems and standards;-PAL, SECAM, and NTSC.
  • Color signal components.

The teacher lists and explains the primary color, provides charts on the primary color, and explains it, explains color TV standards  and systems;- PAL, NTSC, and SECAM, emphasizes the need for compatibility in color TV system, and explains Q,I,Y and B,G components display chart of color matrix.  

2

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR OF BLACK AND WHITE TV RECEIVER.

  • Procedures for TV repairs.
  • Use of service information (mamal) and circuit diagram.
  • Identification of symptoms and repair of fault common to tuner, IF, amp, video amp, CRT, and synchronizing stages.
  • Fault cleaning instruments, e.g signal generator, color- pattern generator etc.

The teacher test for symptoms of a faulty TV set, diagnosis and clears fault common to the tuner IF and other stages in TV set, demonstrates the removal, installation, and adjustments of CRT, demonstrates the setting of presets and non-preset on a TV receiver, and investigates on CRO; synch pulse stage and line time base stage. While the students observe the teacher on; testing symptoms of each stage, diagnosing faults common to all the stages and demonstrates the use of different instruments to clear faults as well as demonstrate the setting of preset and non-presets.

3

DIAGNOSE AND REPAIR OF A COLOR TV RECEIVER

  • Symptoms of basic fault of a color TV receiver.
  • Fault clearing at each stage of color TV receiver.
  • Static and dynamic color convergence comparison.
  • Color bar generator and signal testing.


The teacher compares and discusses static dynamic color convergence, demonstrates the operation of color bar generator to test signal, demonstrates how to identify symptoms in each stage of color TV receiver, demonstrate with the use of multimeter and CRO, how to clear faults common to each of the stages and test for high voltages, while the students identifies normal operation of a color TV set, identifies symptoms, and clear faults at each stage after observing the teacher demonstrates on how to clear fault at each stage of a color TV and on their own carry out the repair operations demonstrated by the teacher.

4

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

  • Accounting practices
  • Cost benefit analysis
  • Purchasing method; accounting ledger, repair order form and inventory sheet.

The teacher explains the basic concept of account balancing, meaning of credit and debit, as applied in business management, and demonstrates how to fill business record appropriately while the students pay attention and take notes.


AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPICCONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE OF THE CHASSIS—

  • Chassis alignment, maintain and adjust coupings.
  • Chassis joints e.g permanent joints, temporary joints.
  • Engine mountings, suspension units.


The teacher explains and carries out chassis alignment process, explains the procedures of joining chassis, identifies the procedures of supporting various components.

The students will observe and practice the procedures involved in alignment process, examine the methods of supporting/joining chassis, examine and observe method of supporting various components.

Resources; live vehicle, complete vehicle, chassis, tool box, charts, poster, etc.

2

ENGINE—DEFINITION AND TYPES

We have turbine engine, wankel rotary engine.

The teacher will define, list and explain types of engine, firing order. He will explain the operational sequence in gas turbine and wankel engine.

The students will listen to the definitions, observe the procedures involved in determining firing order, observe the operational sequence in gas turbine and wankel engine.

Resources; live vehicle, posters, and charts.

3

ENGINE--- COMBUSTION CHAMBERS, MAINTENANCE, OVERHAULING AND DECARBONIZATION

The teacher identifies types of combustion chambers, types of engine firing order, and explains the term decarbonization.

The students identify the types of combustion chambers, visit a medium workshop, and observe the firing order.

Resources; live vehicle, fluid fly wheel, gear box, propeller shaft.

4

FLUID FLY WHEEL AND TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS—FLUID FLY WHEEL, GEARBOX, PROPELLER SHAFT.

The teacher will explain the operation and constructional details of a fluid fly wheel. He will also explain the principle of synchronization and gearbox and propeller shaft.

The students will make free hand sketches and label fluid fly wheel, propeller shaft, types of universal joint, gearbox.

Resources; live vehicle, fluid fly wheel, gearbox, propeller shaft.

5

FLUID FLY WHEEL AND TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS—UNIVERSAL JOINTS, REAR AXLE.

He teacher will dismantle, inspect and reassemble a rear axle. He will test the propeller shaft for straightness (using dial indication and vee-block). He will reassemble component parts of the gear box. The students will identify and examine types of rear axle assembly; semi- floating, three- quarter floating, fully floating. Resources; live vehicle, rear axle, tools, posters, charts, universal joints.

6

SUSPENSION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE—MAINTENANCE OF SUSPENSION SYSTEM.

The teacher will explain the need for suspension maintenance, carry out maintenance on suspension.

The students will participate in the maintenance, and also state the need for maintenance.

Resources; real objects, suspension system, spanner, screw drivers, hammers, charts.

7

STEERING SYSTEMS—POWER ASSISTED STEERING

The teacher will sketch and explain the principles of operation of the power assisted steering.

The students will observe the teacher’s demonstration, and practice the sketches of steering geometry.

Resources; power assisted steering unit, types of suspension, charts, posters etc.


8

STEERING SYSTEMS—

-Principles of operation and construction of a steering system.

-Principle of operation of ackerman linkage.

-Camber angle

-Castor angle

-Toe-in and toe-out

-Kingpin inclination.

-Under-steer and over-steer.

The teacher will explain with sketches, the principle of steering geometry.

The students will observe and explain the principle of operation of manual steering and power assisted steering.

Resources; power assisted steering unit, manual steering, types of suspension, charts, posters, toolbox etc.

9

ADDITIVES AND TYPES OF COOLING SYSTEM---

Oil additives,

 air cooling system,

 water cooling system,

Comparison of air and water cooling system.

The teacher will define additives, explain types of additives, state the reason for additives, demonstrate the reason for grease gum, carry out flushing of a radiator.

The students will carry out radiator flushing, observe and demonstrate operation of grease gum.

Resources; radiator, grease gum, charts, posters, etc.

10

FUEL PUMP AND MUFLER DESIGN—

  • Functions of fuel pump.
  • Advantages and disadvantages of mechanical and electrical fuel pump.

The teacher will display specimen of types of fuel pump, dismantle and explain the parts in a fuel pump, emphasize the importance of each part.

The students will examine specimen of fuel pump types, carry out simple test of fuel delivery.

Resources; live vehicle, types of fuel pump, charts, etc

11

FUEL PUMP AND MUFLER DESIGN—FUNCTIONS AND TYPES OF MUFLER

The teacher will display specimen of silencer unit.

The students will examine various types of muffler.

Resources; live vehicle, silencers, muffler, charts.

12

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

-Functions of anti-lock braking system.

-Advantages and disadvantages of anti-lock braking system.

The teacher will explain the importance and the principles of operation of anti-lock braking system, He will demonstrate ABS, and also list the components of ABS system.

The students will examine and observe teachers demonstration, and also identify various ABS components.

Resources; live vehicle with ABS system.


13

REVISION AND EXAMINATION



AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

BRAKING SYSTEM FAULTS TRACING.

-Types of brake faults.

-Remedy of faulty brakes.


The teacher will explain the meaning of brake faults, identify various brake faults, demonstrates the effect of faulty brake in a vehicle, carry out maintenance on faulty brakes.

The students will participate in class workshop activities, observe teacher’s demonstration, and practice the techniques, observe various faults as identified, participate in the maintenance of faulty brakes.

Resources; complete brakes, tools and equipments, brake fluid, charts, and posters.

2

WHEELS AND TYRE BALANCING—

-Light alloy RIMS

-Pressed steel disc

-Wire wheels

-Interchanging tyres

-Types of tyre balancing.

The teacher will emphasize on the importance of wheel and tyre balancing, display types and RIMS for identification, carry out wheel balancing and alignment.

The students listen attentively and observe types of RIMS, observe the interchanging of tyre, and the balancing of alignment.

Resources; live vehicle, wheel balancing, wheel alignment gauge, balancing weight, wire brush, posters, charts etc.

3

ENTERPRISE—

  • Types of enterprise
  • Advantages& disadvantages of different types of enterprise in automobile, e.g
  • Vulcanizing
  • Suspension
  • Brake
  • Steering

The teacher lists and identifies types of business organization, he also emphasizes the objectives of auto mobile business organization.

The students listen to the teacher attentively and participate in class discussion.

Resources; visits to different types of automobile business organization.

4

Revision and Examination



UPHOLSTERY

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

GENERAL WORKSHOP SAFETY

-Importance of safety.

-List safety rules

-Produce safety signs and posters.

-First aid.

-Safety first.

Explains importance of safety in the workshop.

Sources and displays safety signs and posters.

Explains the concept of safety first.

Ensures compliance to safety rules.

Organize safety committee.

2

ACCIDENT AND FIRE MANAGEMENT

  • Definition of accidents.
  • Causes of accident.
  • Method of handling accident.
  • Accident reduction.
  • Definition and types of fire; e.g electrical fault, inflammable materials, unsafe work habits.
  • Fire equipments e.g. sand buckets, water hose, fire extinguishers, etc
  • Methods of handling fire occurrences.

Explain the meaning of accident, explain methods of handling accidents, outline steps for accident reduction, explain the meaning of fire, state the sources and causes of fire, enumerate fire fighting equipments, demonstrate fire handling methods in the workshop.

3

FIRST AID AND WORKSHOP ENVIRONMENT.

  • Definition of first aid
  • First aid equipments
  • First aid activities e.g artificial respiratory.
  • Administration of first aid.
  • Explain workshop environment
  • Types of typical workshop layouts with access ways, floor areas, work stations etc.
  • Types of workshop facilities and equipments.

Explain meaning of first aid, outline first aid and equipments, e.g first aid box and contents, explain first aid activities, demonstrate administration of first aid, explain workshop environment, draw typical workshop layout with emphasize on the allocation of floor area, conveniences, ICT room, etc, list essential facilities and equipments.


4

WORKSHOP PERSONNEL.

Types of workshop personnel; cleaners, attendants, workshop attendants, store keepers and teachers.

-Characteristics of workshop personnel.

-Functions of workshop personnel.

List the types of workshop personnel, state characteristics and functions of workshop personnels, demonstrate the chain of communication in the workshop.

5

WORKSHOP RECORDS AND MATERIALS

Types of workshop records;

  • Job record
  • Maintenance record
  • Attendance register
  • Tools card
  • Stock card etc
  • ICT storage facilities
  • The concept of materials control
  • Sources of materials.
  • Procurement of materials.
  • Storage; receiving, stocking, issuing, and retrieving.
  • Explains the need for record keeping and Lists types of workshop record.
  • Outlines the content of workshop record.
  • Develop the format for a given workshop record.
  • Demonstrate the keeping of a given record.
  • Explains the concept of material control and Identifies sources of materials.
  • Explains methods of procurement.
  • Explains meaning of storage of different types of materials.
  • Discusses methods of controlling the use of materials.

6

TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL

-The concept of tools and materials control.

-Sources of tools and equipment

-Method of market survey

Procedures of procurement; storage, receiving, stocking, issuing etc

-Explains tools and equipments control.

-Identifies sources of tools and equipments.

-Explain methods of market survey.

-Discusses procurement procedures and storage.


7

INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL MACHINES.

  • Modern industrial machines.
  • Features of modern industrial machines.
  • Types of special purpose tools and machines.

-Identifies with modern upholstery machines.

-Organize industrial visits to some identified modern upholstery industries.

-Outlines features of modern industrial machines.

-Prepare a format for students report.

8

REGISTER AND MAINTENANCE OF UPHOLSTERY ARTICLES

  • Meaning, types and sources of faults e.g stains, tear, breakages etc
  • Fault identification.
  • Identification of materials.
  • Estimation of cost.
  • The repair

-Explain meaning and types of faults.

-Outlines the characteristics of types of faults.

-Explains how to identify faults.

-Demonstrate estimation of cost of repair.

-Demonstrate reactification of faults.

-Explains the general purpose of maintenance.

-Draws a program for house-keeping.

-Explains maintenance records.

9

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

  • Purpose of maintenance
  • Importance of house-keeping.
  • Housekeeping equipments.
  • Housekeeping activities.
  • Maintenance records.

-Explain the general purpose of maintenance.

-Draws a program for house-keeping.

 -Explains maintenance records.

10

DESIGN OF MORE COMPLEX UPHOLSTERY WORK.

  • Elements of complex upholstery design;
  • Environment use
  • Social status of the customer.
  • Quality of materials
  • Availability of tools and materials.
  • Labour requirement.
  • Overall costs.
  • Examples of articles involving complex upholstery work;
  • Auto upholstery
  • Office furnishing (doors, table, chair, wall panels etc)
  • Home furnishing (beds, lounge, seats etc)
  • Development of the design following the stages;
  • preliminary sketches.

Selection of best alternative.

Working drawing

Cutting list.

-Explains elements of complex designs.

-Discusses the implications of the elements to the overall design and cost.

-Gives examples of articles involving complex upholstery design.

-Guides students in the development of the design.

-Approves the working drawings.

11

METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION OF ARTICLES INVOLVING UPHOLSTERY

  • solid platforms
  • solid materials surround
  • unit construction
  • knock down constructions.
  • Constructions of special fittings.
  • Collapsible construction

Explain method of construction, demonstrate the methods, guide and supervise  the students’ work.

12

CONSTRUCTION OF ARTICLES INVOLVING COMPLEX UPHOLSTERY WORKS

  • Preparation of working rod
  • Development of templates.
  • Frame construction
  • Padding
  • Covering
  • Finishing and decorating.

-Direct the students construction of the approved working drawing.

-Supervise students’ projects.

13

Revision

Revision

14

Examination

Examination


UPHOLSTERY

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

MEANING OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP, BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND FORMATION OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION.

  • Meaning of entrepreneurship
  • Purpose of entrepreneurship
  • Characteristics of entrepreneurship
  • Definition of business organization
  • Types of business organization e.g sole proprietorship. Cooperative society, statutory corporations.
  • Sources of capital e.g personal savings, loans, gifts, etc
  • Business opportunities and feasibility
  • Study e.g procedure of feasibility study and content.

-Explain the meaning of entrepreneurship and entrepreneur

-Explain the characteristics and purpose of entrepreneurship.

-Explain meaning and types of business organization.

-List merits and demerits of each type of business organization.

-Discusses the process of forming a business organization e.g business name and registered company.

-Explain sources of capital and types of business opportunities.

2

BUSINESS RISK AND RUNNING THE BUSINESS

  • Business risk
  • Risk reduction
  • Business records
  • Accounting books
  • Stock record
  • sales record
  • production record etc

-Identifies business risk and their remedies.

-Explains various types of business document and records

-Demonstrates the keeping of the records.

3

CONTRACTS AND SALES

  • Definition and types of contract.
  • Formats of preparation of tenders.
  • Nature of contractual obligations.
  • Customer identification and needs.
  • Customer satisfaction
  • Product packaging
  • Quality control
  • Product delivery
  • Define contract.
  • Explain procedures for preparation and presentation of quotation or tender.
  • Explain nature of contract.
  • Explain legal implications of contractual obligations.
  • Explain the concept of customers.
  • Analyses the customer’s;
  • Environment.
  • Economic status
  • Purpose
  • Cost.


4

Revision

Revision

5

Examination

Examination


PAINTING AND DECORATION

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

FIGURE DRAWING AND PAINTING;

Meaning of human figure drawing. Human figure drawing to proportion anatomy, core-shortening.

The teacher explains the meaning of figure drawing and painting, demonstrates and guides the students to draw using a model. The students draw the posed model in front of the class to proportion and in accurate form.

2

PORTRAITURE DRAWING AND PAINTING

Introduction to portraiture;

Meaning/ definition.

Proportions in babies, adults and children.

Transfer of passport photo unto a large area.

The teacher explains paintings to proportion in portraiture. Explain the position of facial features in relation to one another. The students draw the portraiture of the model. Paints the portraiture from photographs/passports.

3

IMAGINATIVE COMPOSITION;

Define/explain the meaning of imaginative composition paint scenes like carpentry workshop, market scene, political rallies etc

The teacher explains imaginative composition. He illustrates imaginative composition with emphasis on landscape/perspective. The students observe the technique as the teacher demonstrates. They also produce paintings of imaginative composition in perspective form.

4

ABSTRACT PAINTING;

-The meaning of abstract painting.

-Stages in abstract painting.

-Production of abstract painting.

The teacher uses illustrations and pictures to explain the meaning of abstract drawing/art. The teacher guides the students in production of abstract art. The students watch while the teacher demonstrates and produce samples of abstract art works.

5

PAINTING IN BUILDING;

Blow lamp method of painting, spray method of painting, use of rollers and brushes.


The teacher explains the methods of painting in building, he will demonstrate the blow lamp and spray techniques. The students take down notes and produce a project work e.g. painting the art studio with any of the methods discussed.

6

DECORATION FOR BODY ADORNMENT;

Introduction to modern beads.

Decoration/beading; beads, stone beads, plastic beads, glass beads.

The teacher explains beading in modern times. Introduces different types of beads, explaining their qualities. Explain the uses of beads, guides the students to produce some creative designs using bead and display.

7

DECORATION FOR INTERIORS AND GARDENS;

Balloon decoration

The teacher lists the materials for balloon decoration and draperies. He explains draperies decoration, hall and garden decorations etc. he demonstrates for the students to see. He guides the students in the decoration of interiors and gardens using balloons and draperies.

8

STENCILING;

Introduction to stenciling, definition and history of stenciling preparation of stencils, printing with stencils.

The teacher defines stenciling by defining and giving its origin, explain the uses and materials involved. Demonstrates, the preparation of stencils, while the students observe and produce their own samples of stencils. They also produce some prints of the stencils.

9

SCREEN PRINTING AND PROSPECTS;

Introduction to screen printing, what is screen printing, uses, materials, stages in screen printing;

-Framing of screen.

-Transfer of design unto the screen and fixing display of finished work.

PROSPECTS;

Banner production

T-shirts

Handkerchiefs,

Wears,

Stickers etc

The teacher demonstrates the stages in screen printing. Guides the students to expose design unto the screen/mesh.

Demonstrates the printing unto fabric. The students transfer designs unto the screen, print design and display them.

10

COMPUTER GRAPHICS;

-Introduction to the use of computer.

-Introduction to relevant computer packages like

-Corel draw

-Paint brush

-Power point

-Use of computer in producing graphic work.

The teacher introduces the use of computer, explains the computer packages, relevant for the production of graphic works. Demonstrates the application of corel draw paint brush and power point.

The students explore the computer packages, produce cards, stickers, etc

11

PRESENTATION OF ART WORKS.

-Need for preservation of art works.

-Materials and their uses.

Steps in preserving art works.

The teacher enumerates the need for the preservation of works. The students carry out practical activities on preserving art works.

12

REVISION


13

EXAMINATION




PAINTING AND DECORATION

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

MOUNTING OF ART WORKS;

-Need for mounting the art works.

-Steps in mounting art works.

-Practical ways in mounting art work.

Teacher explain the need for mounting art works, enumerates and demonstrates the steps in mounting art work. The teacher explains the steps involved in mounting the art works.

The students carry out practical works involved.

2

EXHIBITION OF THE ART WORKS;

Need for art exhibition.

-Steps involved in exhibiting the art works.

The teacher explains the need for the exhibition of art work. Enumerates and demonstrates the steps in exhibiting art works. The students partake in exhibiting the art work.

3

FUNDING AND MARKETING OF ART WORK;

The need for funding and marketing of art works.

Art funding and marketing of art products.

The teacher explains possible outlets for marketing art products, discusses the sources of funding for art works.

The students listen as the teacher enumerates steps involved in the process of funding and marketing.


PRINTING CRAFT

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

PHOTO COMPOSITION

  • Type setting/word processing.
  • Output of photo composition.

Teacher discusses two types of programs for types setting in the print industry, explain the layout of the keyboard and functions of each key.

Students study the basic procedures for operating the photo composition machine, work in set to type set assignment

2

PHOTO COMPOSITION

  • Maintenance of photo composing machine and accessories.

Teacher names and explain the photo composition machine and its accessories, and also enumerates how to maintain them.

Students ask questions for more explanation.

3

FILM MAKING

  • Film and their characteristics
  • Pan chromatic films
  • Orthochromotic films
  • Laser films

Teacher explains each type of film and its characteristics, discuss preservation of films.

Students observe each type of film and write down its characteristics.

4

FILM MAKING

  • Chemicals for film processing
  • Developers
  • Fixation
  • Stop bath

Teacher demonstrates the mixture of film processes chemicals and their functions on exposed films, explain preparation of the chemicals, highlights effects of unwanted light on the film (fogging).

Students develop a film following given procedure.

5

PLATE MAKING

Plate exposure—meaning, equipments and tools, for plate exposure.

Teacher explains and describes the tools/equipments for plate making.

Students listen and explain plates exposure

6

PLATE MAKING

Safety precautions.

Teacher describes safety rules in plate making room.

Students follow instructions and demonstrations by teacher to safety rules, list methods of corrections and preservation of plates.

7

PLATE MAKING

Steps in plate making, correcting on plate and plate preservation.

Teacher demonstrates steps of making plates and guides students to expose plate, correct errors through different methods, show how plates are preserved.

Students follow instruction and demonstration by teacher to safety rules, list methods of corrections and preservation of plates.

8

PLATE MAKING

Practical/excursion.

Teacher leads students on excursion to practicalize on how to make plate.

Students follow instructions and write reports on their experiences.

9

PHOTOGRAPHIC SCREEN MAKING

Photographic screen making process.

Teacher explains the photographic screen making process.

Students listen and ask questions where necessary.

10

PHOTOGRAPHIC SCREEN MAKING

Making a screen from a photographic negative.

Teacher leads students to make screen from photographic negative or visit a process for the practical.

Students practice making screen from photographic negative.

11

PHOTOGRAPHIC SCREEN MAKING

Use of enlarger and kodalith translucent printing paper.

Teacher explains the use of kodalith translucent printing paper and the enlarger.

Students demonstrate with enlarger and kodalith printing paper.

12

PROJECT

Image production.

Teacher leads students to make prints, illustrates reproduction of design using the same screen.

Students demonstrate print making, participate in reproduction of design using the same screen.

13

Revision

Teacher revises with students.

Students listen and ask questions.

14

Examination

Teacher conducts examination.

Students the examination.


PRINTING CRAFT

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

EDITION/LOOSE SHEET BINDING

  • Definition, materials and tools and equipments.
  • Binding operation

Teacher demonstrates edition and loose sheet binding, aids students to carry out either edition or loose sheet binding.

Students study the procedures and practice the operations.

2

PAPER AND WARE HOUSE PRACTICE

Ware house safety rules and materials in the ware house;

-Printing papers

-Printing ink

-Work tickets specification

-Job ticket

-Letter press printing surfaces

-Thermographic materials.

Teacher discusses the ware house set-up and safety rules, displays different printing papers, describe printing inks.

Students learn and observe ware house safety rules, identify printing paper by their grammage, print simple greeting cards, business cards, or letter heads, etc

3

LEGAL ASPECT OF THE PRINTING INDUSTRY

Trade houses in printing industry and their basic activities.

-Trade union employers association.

-Professional bodies.

-Training institution

-Examination bodies.

Teacher lists and explains some local and foreign examples of trade houses, explains the importance of trade unions in the printing industries.

Students discuss the role of trade house e.g puplisting, commercial press, government press, screen printing press and metal printing press.

4

PROJECTS


5

MOCK DOWN TO WAEC



GSM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT

ACTIVITIES

1

Dealership

Dealership in GSM phones

Explain dealership

2

Dealership

Areas of dealership in GSM business

Discuss area of dealership in GSM phones

3

Services centre

GSM phones services centres e.g. Nokia services centre, Samsung service centre etc

Explain services centres

4

GSM phones services centre

Functions of service centres

State the functions of service centres

5

Setting up services centre

How to set up service centre

Discuss how to set up service centre

6

GSM phones repair centre / workshop

Appropriate location for sitting GSM phone repair centre

Discuss appropriate locations for sitting up GSM phone repair centre


7

GSM phone repair centre / workshop

Setting up GSM phone repair / workshop

States appropriate facilities / equipment for setting up GSM phone repair centre

8

Facilities / equipment for GSM phone  repair centre

The appropriate facilities in GSM phone repair centres

Explain how to set up a GSM phone repairs centre workshop

9

GSM phone workshop

Manage the facilities and equipment in GSM phone repairs centres / workshop

Explain how to manage the facilities and equipment in GSM repair centre / workshop

10

Safety rules in the GSM phone workshop

Basic GSM phone workshop safety rules

Observe basic GSM phone work safety rules

11 – 12

Revision and practical

Revision and practical

13

Examination

Examination


GSM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1 – 2

General safety rules

General safety rules in the GSM phone centre / workshop


Observe safety rules in GSM phone centre / workshop

3 – 4

List of equipments

List of equipment for GSM phones maintenance and repairs workshop.

e.g hardware tools, circuit diagrams, computer set, multi meter ( analogue and digital) etc.


Ensures availability of tools, equipment and machine in GSM phone maintenance and repairs centre / workshop

5 - down

Revision, practical and examination

Revision, practical and examination


REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

Temperature and pressure

Effect of temperature , pressure and volume in refrigeration and air conditioning


Teacher explain the effect of temperature, pressure and volume in refrigeration and air conditioning to the students to state the effects

2

Temperature and pressure

State Boyles, Charles and gas law of partial pressure


The teacher explain gas law, Charles law , boyles law and Daltons law for the students to state

3

Temperature and pressure

Calculations involving general gas law formulae p1v1   =  p2v2

                        T1          T2

 PV = MRT


Teachers to perform calculations involving general gas law for students to perform

4

Temperature and pressure

Plotting various temperature scale

Teacher demonstrate plotting various forms of refrigeration e.g. absorption, vapour compression, thermo electric, solar etc

5

Forms of refrigeration

Types and application of various forms refrigeration and its principles of operations.


Teacher to identify, state various forms of refrigeration e.g. absorption, vapour compression, thermo electric, solar etc

6

Forms of refrigeration

Function of the components and accessories e.g. relays, solenoid valves, capacitors, thermostats etc of absorption system of refrigeration.


Teacher to identify and select access orgies for refrigeration and air condition

7

Liquid, receiver and service value

Types, purpose, functions and principles of operation of liquid receiver and service value.


Teacher to display type and explains their principles of operation and function for the students

8

Liquid, receiver and service value

Servicing and repairs procedures for liquid, receivers and services value.


Demonstration of the installation services of liquid, receivers and service value

9

Motors of generators

Types, function, operation, application and installation procedures of motors and generators.


Display various motors and generators, demonstrates how to install and explain their functions and application to the students

10

Motors of generators

Maintenance of motors and generators in refrigeration system

Demonstrate how to carry out regular maintenance of motors and generators used in refrigeration and air conditioning system

11

Cold room

Working principles and installation of a cold store / room.


Explain working principles and states the procedures for installation of cold room

12

Cold room

Space cooling load and factors affecting cold room operations

Teacher to illustrate how to estimate the space cooling load and to explain factors affecting cold room operations.


13 – 14

Revision and examination

Revision and examination


REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

SS3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC / CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1

Maintenance and testing

Testing for leakages, polarity, insulation

Lists and explains types of maintenance to be carried out in a refrigeration and air conditioning system by the teacher for the students to states and carry out


2

Maintenance and testing

Testing for continuity, pressure, efficiency

Teacher to carryout continuity, pressure, efficiency etc tests on refrigeration system.


3

Maintenance and testing

Maintenance of compressor, motors, condensers, values, accumulators, contactors etc

Teacher to identify, demonstrate how to repair faults in compressor, evaporators, motors, condenser, values accumulators and contactors etc are carried out.


ANIMAL HUSBANDERY

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1





Animal improvement

i. Definition of animal improvement

ii.  Aims/importance of animal improvement

i. Teacher guides the classroom discussion

ii.  Students participate actively in the discussion

2


Animal improvement

i.   Methods of farm animal improvement

- Introduction, advantages and disadvantages

- Selection, advantages and disadvantages

i. Teacher guides the classroom discussion

ii.  Students participate actively in the discussion

3

Animal improvement

i. Methods of farm animal improvement

- Breeding, advantages and disadvantages

-  Hybridization, advantages and disadvantages


i. Teacher guides the classroom discussion

ii.  Students participate actively in the discussion

4

Artificial insemination

i. Meaning of artificial insemination

ii. Methods of artificial insemination

  •  Artificial vagina
  • Massage method
  • Electro-ejaculation
  • Recovery of semen from vagina after service


i. Teacher guides the classroom discussion

ii. Teacher demonstrates semen collection

5

Practical on artificial insemination

i.  The teacher organizes visit to an established farm

ii. The teacher displays artificial insemination equipment/tools.


i. The teacher provides videos of artificial insemination for students to watch

6.

Advantages and disadvantages of artificial insemination

i. Advantages of artificial insemination

ii. Disadvantages of artificial insemination

i. Teacher directs classroom discussion

ii. Students participate actively

iii. Teacher displays pictures/charts.


7

Farm animal diseases and agents

i.  Define disease

ii.  State the disease causing organisms

iii.  Discuss factors that predispose farm animals to diseases

iv. Basic symptoms of farm animal diseases.


i. Teacher directs classroom discussion

ii. Students participate actively

iii. Teacher displays pictures/charts.


8

Disease causing agents

Discuss the disease causing agents and their mode of transmission

i.   bacteria

ii.  virus

iii.  fungi

iv.  protozoa

i. Teacher directs classroom discussion

 ii. Students participate actively





9

Livestock parasites and pests

i. Meaning of livestock parasites/pests

ii. Classes of livestock parasites e.g. ectoparasite, endopararsite

iii. Effects of parasites on farm animals


i. Teacher displays live parasites

ii. Displays pictures of farm animals affected by parasite

10

Practical on farm animal disease

i.  Visit to a veterinary clinic to observe live sick farm animals

ii. Observation of and collection of ecto parasites of farm animals

iii. Observation of and collection of endo parasites of farm animals

i. Students to watch videos of sick farm animals

ii. Students to make collection of animal parasites in the laboratory 

11

Practical on farm animal disease

i. Visit to an established poultry farm.

ii. Students to observe the school poultry birds for symptoms of disease and write report on them.


i.  The teacher demonstrates control measures of farm animal parasites

12

Revision



13

Examination




ANIMAL HUSBANDERY

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC

CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1





Prevention and control of farm animal diseases

I). Methods of disease control

  • Quarantine
  • Vaccination
  • Inoculation
  • Hygiene
  • Good feeding
  • Rotational grazing etc.

I). The teacher directs the classroom discussion

II). The students participate actively in the class


2

Prevention and control of livestock parasites

i). Methods of parasites control

  • Isolation
  • Hygiene
  • Use of chemicals
  • Rotational grazing

I). The teacher directs the classroom discussion

II). The students participate actively in the class


3

Practical on livestock disease and parasite control

i). Demonstration of various disease and pest control methods in the school farm

ii). Visit to a veterinary clinic to observe the animal health workers

Students are assigned to control disease in the school farm animals

4-12

REVISION/MOCK/WASSCE/SSCE




BOOK KEEPING

SS 3 FIRST TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1
















2




















3.











4.













5.





















6.
















7

















8














9.











10.










11.








12.



















13



14


Control Ledger:

  • Meaning of control ledger
  • Classification of control
  • Uses of control ledger












Control Ledger

  • Advantages and disadvantages of control ledger
  • Preparation of sales ledger control.















Control Ledger:

  • Preparation of purchases ledger control









Control Ledger:

  • Preparation of sales ledger control when two balances are given.
  • Preparation of purchases ledger control when two balances are given.






Business organisation:

  • Meaning of business organisation.
  • Explain the types of business organisations.

















Business organisation:

  • Enumerate the advantages and disadvantages of business organization.
  • Outline the features of each types of business organisation
  • Take excursion to business organisation.







Sources of Capital:

  • Meaning of capital
  • Identify various sources of capital e.g personal savings, loans from bank, friends and relatives, plough back profit, issue of shares and debentures.  









Source of capital:

  • Outlines the features of sources of capital.
  • Explains types of capital











Entity Concepts:

  • Explain the meaning of concepts.
  • Explains the meaning of entity.







Entity Concepts:

  • Features of entity concepts e.g legal personality, ownership divorce from the management etc.





Entity Concepts:

Relevance of entity concepts.







Product and Service marketing:

  • Meaning of products
  • Meaning of service
  • Meaning of product and services
  • Differences between product and services.













Revision



Examination


Teacher Activities:

  • Define control ledger
  • State the classification of control ledger
  • Outline the uses of control ledger.

Student Activities:

  • Identify the items in the general ledger
  • Make notes on the general ledger

Instructional Resources: A chart showing the formats of control ledger.



Teacher Activities:

  • Outline the advantages of control account.
  • Outline the disadvantage of control account.
  • Solve exercises on control i.e sales ledger control account.

Students Activities:

-guide students in solving exercises on sales ledger control.

Instructional Resources: A chart showing the format of sales ledger control.



Teacher Activities- solve exercises on purchases control ledger.

Student Activities- Guide students in solving relevant exercises.

Instructional Resources: A chart showing the format of purchases ledger control



Teacher Activities-

Guide students in solving relevant exercises.

Student Activities- Practice more exercise on sales and purchase ledger control.

Instructional Material: A chart showing the format of sale and purchases control ledger.





Teacher Activities:

  • Define business organisation
  • List and explain the type of business organisation eg sole, partnership, cooperatives societies etc.

Student Activities:

  • Understand the meaning of business organisations.
  • State the types of business organisations.

Instructional Resources:

Chart, pictures, magazine of business organisation.



Teacher Activities:

  • List the advantages and disadvantages of business organisations.
  • State the features of business organisation.

Student Activities:

Understand the features and the advantages and disadvantages of business organisation.

Instructional Resources: A chart, pictures, magazine, annual reports.



Teacher Activities:

  • Defines capital
  • Discusses the sources of capital
  • Identifies the various sources of capital.

Students Activities:

  • Take notes on capital and its sources
  • Mention various sources of capital and explain them.

Instructional Resources: picture, chart showing how shares are issued to public.



Teacher Activities:

  • Mention the features of capital
  • List and explains types of capital

Student Activities:

Take notes on the features of source and types of capital.

Instructional Resources: Pictures, charts showing shares and debentures are issued to the puplic.



Teacher Activities:

  • Defines entity
  • Defines concepts.
  • Defies entity concepts.

Student Activities: understand the meaning of entity concepts.

Instructional Resources: photographs, videos, pictures.



Teacher Activities: list the features of entity concepts.

Students Activities: understand the features of entity concepts and state them.


Instructional Resources:

Photographs, videos, pictures.



Teacher Activities: state the relevance of entity concepts.

Student Activities- Understand the relevance of entity concepts.

Instructional Resources: photographs, videos, pictures.



Teacher Activities:

  • Define product.
  • Define services
  • Guides students in differentiating products from services.

Student Activities:

  • Copy notes on products and services.
  • Understand the difference between product and services.

Instructional Resources:

Magazines, videos, posters. Samples of real objects.



Revision



Examination



BOOK KEEPING

SS 3 SECOND TERM

WEEK

TOPIC/CONTENT


ACTIVITIES

1.








2.











3.








4.



5.

Product and Service Marketing (Continue)

Meaning of marking.






Types of products and services.(product and service marketing):

  • Outline the various types of products and services.







Product and Service Marketing:

  • Meaning of promoting products and services e.g advertising, after sale service, guarantee period sales discount.



Revision



Examination



Teacher Activities:

Define marking

Student Activities:

Explain the meaning of marking.

Instructional Resources: magazines, pictorial poster , handbills.


Teachers Activities:

Enumerate the various types of product and services

Students Activities:

Understand the types of product and services and copy notes.

Instructional Resources: magazines, pictorial posters, and handbills.



Teacher Activities:

States the means of promoting products and services

Students Activities: Learner understands the various methods of promoting products and services.


Revision



Examination










No comments:

Post a Comment

ERC SCHEME OF WORK SSS TWO

FEDERAL CAPITAL TERRITORY, ABUJA S S TWO (2) 2014 Edition EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE Federal Capital Territory, Abuja FCT SENIOR SECONDARY SC...